Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Sections 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 December 31, 2011

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                         to                         

Commission File Number: 1-5057

 

 

OFFICEMAX INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   82-0100960

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

263 Shuman Boulevard,

Naperville, Illinois

  60563
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(630) 438-7800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $2.50 par value                  
American & Foreign Power Company Inc.
       Debentures, 5% Series due 2030
 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No    ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No    x

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was sold as of the close of business on June 25, 2011, was $1,088,968,714. Registrant does not have any nonvoting common equity securities.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date.

 

Class

 

Shares Outstanding as of February 10, 2012

Common Stock, $2.50 par value   86,166,416

Document incorporated by reference

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement relating to its 2012 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 30, 2012 (“OfficeMax Incorporated’s proxy statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I   
Item 1.    Business      1   
Item 1A.    Risk Factors      5   
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments      9   
Item 2.    Properties      10   
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings      11   
Item 4.    (Removed and Reserved)      11   
   Executive Officers of the Registrant      12   
PART II   
Item 5.   

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     14   
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data      16   
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      18   
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      41   
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      42   
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      83   
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures      83   
Item 9B.    Other Information      83   
PART III   
`Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      84   
Item 11.    Executive Compensation      84   
Item 12.   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     84   
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      85   
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services      85   
PART IV   
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      86   
   Signatures      87   
   Index to Exhibits      89   


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, the terms “OfficeMax,” the “Company,” “we” and “our” refer to OfficeMax Incorporated and its consolidated subsidiaries and predecessors. Our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings, which include this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all related amendments to those reports, are available free of charge on our website at investor.officemax.com by clicking on “SEC filings.” Our SEC filings are available as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

General Overview

OfficeMax is a leader in both business-to-business and retail office products distribution. We provide office supplies and paper, print and document services, technology products and solutions and office furniture to large, medium and small businesses, government offices and consumers. OfficeMax customers are served by approximately 29,000 associates through direct sales, catalogs, the Internet and retail stores located throughout the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Mexico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol OMX, and our corporate headquarters is in Naperville, Illinois.

OfficeMax Incorporated (formerly Boise Cascade Corporation) was organized as Boise Payette Lumber Company of Delaware, a Delaware corporation, in 1931 as a successor to an Idaho corporation formed in 1913. In 1957, the Company’s name was changed to Boise Cascade Corporation. On December 9, 2003, Boise Cascade Corporation acquired 100% of the voting securities of OfficeMax, Inc. That acquisition more than doubled the size of our office products distribution business and expanded that business into the U.S. retail channel. In connection with the sale of our paper, forest products and timberland assets described below, the Company’s name was changed from Boise Cascade Corporation to OfficeMax Incorporated, and the names of our office products segments were changed from Boise Office Solutions, Contract and Boise Office Solutions, Retail to OfficeMax, Contract and OfficeMax, Retail. The Boise Cascade Corporation and Boise Office Solutions names were used in documents furnished to or filed with the SEC prior to the sale of our paper, forest products and timberland assets.

On October 29, 2004, we sold our paper, forest products and timberland assets to affiliates of Boise Cascade, L.L.C., a new company formed by Madison Dearborn Partners LLC (the “Sale”). With the Sale, we completed the Company’s transition, begun in the mid-1990s, from a predominately commodity manufacturing-based company to an independent office products distribution company. On October 29, 2004, as part of the Sale, we invested $175 million in the securities of affiliates of Boise Cascade, L.L.C. Due to restructurings conducted by those affiliates, our investment is currently in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. (the “Boise Investment”).

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OfficeMax and all majority-owned subsidiaries, except our 88%-owned subsidiary that formerly owned assets in Cuba that were confiscated by the Cuban government in the 1960s, which is accounted for as an investment due to various asset restrictions. We also consolidate the variable interest entities in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year-end is the last Saturday in December. Due primarily to statutory requirements, the Company’s international businesses maintain calendar years with December 31 year-ends, with our majority-owned joint venture in Mexico reporting one month in arrears. Fiscal year 2011 ended on December 31, 2011,

 

1


Table of Contents

fiscal year 2010 ended on December 25, 2010, and fiscal year 2009 ended on December 26, 2009. Fiscal year 2011 included 53 weeks for our U.S. businesses. Fiscal years 2010 and 2009 included 52 weeks for our U.S. businesses.

Segments

The Company manages its business using three reportable segments: OfficeMax, Contract (“Contract segment” or “Contract”); OfficeMax, Retail (“Retail segment” or “Retail”); and Corporate and Other. The Contract segment markets and sells office supplies and paper, technology products and solutions, office furniture and print and document services directly to large corporate and government offices, as well as to small and medium-sized offices through field salespeople, outbound telesales, catalogs, the Internet and, primarily in foreign markets, through office products stores. The Retail segment markets and sells office supplies and paper, print and document services, technology products and solutions and office furniture to small and medium-sized businesses and consumers through a network of retail stores. Management reviews the performance of the Company based on these segments. We present information pertaining to each of our segments and the geographic areas in which they operate in Note 14, “Segment Information,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

Contract

We distribute a broad line of items for the office, including office supplies and paper, technology products and solutions, office furniture and print and document services through our Contract segment. Contract sells directly to large corporate and government offices, as well as to small and medium-sized offices in the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and Puerto Rico. This segment markets and sells through field salespeople, outbound telesales, catalogs, the Internet and, primarily in foreign markets, through office products stores. The majority of the products sold by this segment are purchased from outside manufacturers or from industry wholesalers. We also source substantially all of our private label products direct from manufacturers. We purchase office papers primarily from Boise White Paper, L.L.C., under a paper supply contract entered into on June 25, 2011. (See Note 15, “Commitments and Guarantees,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for additional information related to the paper supply contract.)

As of the end of the year, Contract operated 38 distribution centers in the U.S., Puerto Rico, Canada, Australia and New Zealand as well as four customer service and outbound telesales centers in the U.S. Contract also operated 47 office products stores in Canada, Hawaii, Australia and New Zealand.

Contract sales were $3.6 billion for 2011 and 2010 and $3.7 billion for 2009.

Retail

Retail is a retail distributor of office supplies and paper, print and document services, technology products and solutions and office furniture. In addition, this segment contracts with large national retail chains to supply office and school supplies to be sold in their stores. Our retail office products stores feature OfficeMax ImPress, an in-store module devoted to print-for-pay and related services. Our Retail segment has operations in the United States, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Our Retail segment also operates office products stores in Mexico through a 51%-owned joint venture. The majority of the products sold by this segment are purchased from outside manufacturers or from industry wholesalers. We also source substantially all of our private label products direct from manufacturers. As mentioned above, we purchase office papers primarily from Boise White Paper, L.L.C., under a paper supply contract entered into on June 25, 2011. (See Note 15, “Commitments and Guarantees,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for additional information related to the paper supply contract.)

 

2


Table of Contents

As of the end of the year, our Retail segment operated 978 stores in the U.S., Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Mexico, three large distribution centers in the U.S., and one small distribution center in Mexico. Each store offers approximately 10,000 stock keeping units (SKUs) of name-brand and OfficeMax private-branded merchandise and a variety of business services targeted at serving the small business customer, including OfficeMax ImPress. In addition to our in-store ImPress capabilities, our Retail segment operated six OfficeMax ImPress print on demand facilities with enhanced fulfillment capabilities as of the end of the year. These 8,000 square foot operations are located within some of our Contract distribution centers, and serve the print and document needs of our large contract customers in addition to supporting our retail stores by providing services that cannot be deployed at every retail store.

Retail sales were $3.5 billion for 2011 and 2010 and $3.6 billion for 2009.

Competition

Domestic and international office products markets are highly and increasingly competitive. Customers have many options when purchasing office supplies and paper, print and document services, technology products and solutions and office furniture. We compete with contract stationers, office supply superstores including Staples and Office Depot, mass merchandisers such as Wal-Mart and Target, wholesale clubs such as Costco, computer and electronics superstores such as Best Buy, Internet merchandisers such as Amazon.com, direct-mail distributors, discount retailers, drugstores and supermarkets, as well as the direct marketing efforts of manufacturers, including some of our suppliers. The other large office supply superstores have increased their presence in close proximity to our stores in recent years and are expected to continue to do so in the future. In addition, many of our competitors have expanded their office products assortment, and we expect they will continue to do so. We anticipate increasing competition from our two domestic office supply superstore competitors and various other competitors for print-for-pay and related services. Increased competition in the office products markets, together with increased advertising, has heightened price awareness among end-users. Such heightened price awareness has led to margin pressure on office products and impacted the results of both our Retail and Contract segments. In addition to price, competition is also based on customer service, the quality and breadth of product selection and convenient locations. Some of our competitors are larger than us and have greater financial resources, which affords them greater purchasing power, increased financial flexibility and more capital resources for expansion and improvement, which may enable them to compete more effectively.

We believe our excellent customer service and the efficiency and convenience for our customers of our combined contract and retail distribution channels gives our Contract segment a competitive advantage among business-to-business office products distributors. Our ability to network our distribution centers into an integrated system enables us to serve large national accounts that rely on us to deliver consistent products, prices and services to multiple locations, and to meet the needs of medium and small businesses at a competitive cost.

We believe our Retail segment competes favorably based on the quality of our customer service, our innovative store formats, the breadth and depth of our merchandise offering and our everyday low prices, as well as our specialized service offerings, including OfficeMax ImPress, and our ability to create office product merchandise solutions for other retailers to incorporate into their stores.

Seasonal Influences

The Company’s business is seasonal, with Retail showing a more pronounced seasonal trend than Contract. Sales in the second quarter are historically the slowest of the year. Sales are stronger during the first, third and fourth quarters that include the important new-year office supply restocking month of January, the back-to-school period and the holiday selling season, respectively.

Environmental Matters

Our discussion of environmental matters is presented under the caption “Environmental” in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K. In

 

3


Table of Contents

addition, certain environmental matters are discussed in Note 16, “Legal Proceedings and Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

Capital Investment

Information concerning our capital expenditures is presented under the caption “Investment Activities” in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K.

Acquisitions and Divestitures

We engage in acquisition and divestiture discussions with other companies and make acquisitions and divestitures from time to time. It is our policy to review our operations periodically and to dispose of assets that do not meet our criteria for return on investment.

Geographic Areas

Our discussion of financial information by geographic area is presented in Note 14, “Segment Information,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

Identification of Executive Officers

Information with respect to our executive officers is set forth as the last item of Part I of this Form 10-K.

Employees

On December 31, 2011, we had approximately 29,000 employees, including approximately 10,000 part-time employees.

 

4


Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Cautionary and Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about our expectations, anticipated financial results and future business prospects, are forward-looking statements. You can identify these statements by our use of words such as “may,” “expect,” “believe,” “should,” “plan,” “anticipate” and other similar expressions. You can find examples of these statements throughout this report, including “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K. We cannot guarantee that our actual results will be consistent with the forward-looking statements we make in this report. We have listed below some of the inherent risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those we project. We do not assume an obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

Current macroeconomic conditions have had and may continue to have an impact on our business and our financial condition. Economic conditions, both domestically and abroad, directly influence our operating results. Current and future economic conditions that affect consumer and business spending, including the level of unemployment, energy costs, inflation, availability of credit and the financial condition and growth prospects of our customers may continue to adversely affect our business and the results of our operations. We may continue to face challenges if macroeconomic conditions do not improve or if they worsen.

The impact of the weak economy on our customers could adversely impact the overall demand for our products and services, which would have a negative effect on our revenues, as well as impact our customers’ ability to pay their obligations, which could have a negative effect on our bad debt expense and cash flows.

In addition, we sponsor noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain terminated employees, vested employees, retirees, and some active employees (the “Pension Plans”). The Pension Plans are under-funded and we may be required to make contributions in subsequent years in order to maintain required funding levels, which would have an adverse impact on our cash flows and our financial results. Additional future contributions of common stock or cash to the Pension Plans, financial market performance and IRS funding requirements could materially change these expected payments.

Our business may be adversely affected by the actions of and risks associated with our third-party vendors. We use and resell many manufacturers’ branded items and services and are therefore dependent on the availability and pricing of key products and services including ink, toner, paper and technology products. As a reseller, we cannot control the supply, design, function, cost or vendor-required conditions of sale of many of the products we offer for sale. Disruptions in the availability of these products or the products and services we consume may adversely affect our sales and result in customer dissatisfaction. Further, we cannot control the cost of manufacturers’ products, and cost increases must either be passed along to our customers or will result in erosion of our earnings. Failure to identify desirable products and make them available to our customers when desired and at attractive prices could have an adverse effect on our business and our results of operations. In addition, a material interruption in service by the carriers that ship goods within our supply chain may adversely affect our sales. Many of our vendors are small or medium sized businesses which are impacted by current macroeconomic conditions, both in the U.S. and Asia. We may have no warning before a vendor fails, which may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our product offering also includes many of our own proprietary branded products. While we have focused on the quality of our proprietary branded products, we rely on third party manufacturers for these products. Such third-party manufacturers may prove to be unreliable, the quality of our globally sourced products may not meet our expectations, such products may not meet applicable regulatory requirements which may require us to recall those products, or such products may infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties. Furthermore, economic and political conditions in areas of the world where we source such products may adversely affect the availability and cost of such products. In addition, our proprietary branded products compete with other

 

5


Table of Contents

manufacturers’ branded items that we offer. As we continue to increase the number and types of proprietary branded products that we sell, we may adversely affect our relationships with our vendors, who may decide to reduce their product offerings through OfficeMax and increase their product offerings through our competitors. Finally, if any of our customers are harmed by our proprietary branded products, they may bring product liability and other claims against us. Any of these circumstances could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Intense competition in our markets could harm our ability to maintain profitability. Domestic and international office products markets are highly and increasingly competitive. Customers have many options when purchasing office supplies and paper, print and document services, technology products and solutions and office furniture. We compete with contract stationers, office supply superstores including Staples and Office Depot, mass merchandisers such as Wal-Mart and Target, wholesale clubs such as Costco, computer and electronics superstores such as Best Buy, Internet merchandisers such as Amazon.com, direct-mail distributors, discount retailers, drugstores and supermarkets. In addition, an increasing number of manufacturers of computer hardware, software and peripherals, including some of our suppliers, have expanded their own direct marketing efforts. The other large office supply superstores have increased their presence in close proximity to our stores in recent years and are expected to continue to do so in the future. In addition, many of our competitors have expanded their office products assortment, and we expect they will continue to do so. We anticipate increasing competition from our two domestic office supply superstore competitors and various other competitors for print-for-pay and related services. Increased competition in the office products markets, together with increased advertising, has heightened price awareness among end-users. Such heightened price awareness has led to margin pressure on office products and impacted the results of both our Retail and Contract segments. In addition to price, competition is also based on customer service, differentiation from competitors, the quality and breadth of product selection and convenient locations. Some of our competitors are larger than us and have greater financial resources, which afford them greater purchasing power, increased financial flexibility and more capital resources for expansion and improvement, which may enable them to compete more effectively.

We may be unable to generate additional sales through new distribution opportunities or replace lost sales. Our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand our product sales in a manner that achieves appropriate sales and profit levels. This could include selling our products through other retailers, opening new stores or entering into novel distribution arrangements. We have also increased our investments and resources in selling our service offerings and through our digital channel. Failure to increase our sales and further utilize our core assets could result in company restructurings and associated charges relating to severance and impairment of assets.

When we sell our products through other retailers we rely on those retailers to provide an appropriate customer experience and our sales are dependent on the foot traffic and sales of the retail partner. Although we may have influence over the appearance of the area within the store where our products appear, we have no control over store marketing, staffing or any other aspects of our retail partners’ operations.

Although we frequently test new store designs, formats, sizes and market areas, if we are unable to generate the required sales or profit levels, as a result of macroeconomic or operational challenges, we may not open new stores. Similarly, we will only continue to operate existing stores if they meet required sales or profit levels. In the current macroeconomic environment, the results of our existing stores are impacted not only by a reduced sales environment, but by a number of things that are not within our control, such as loss of traffic resulting from store closures by other significant retailers in the stores’ immediate vicinity. If our stores performance suffers, we may be subject to impairment charges. In addition, if we are required to close stores, we will incur additional costs. These items could adversely affect our financial results.

Our international operations expose us to the unique risks inherent in foreign operations. Our foreign operations encounter risks similar to those faced by our U.S. operations, as well as risks inherent in foreign operations, such as local customs and regulatory constraints, foreign trade policies, competitive conditions, foreign currency fluctuations and unstable political and economic conditions.

 

6


Table of Contents

We may be unable to attract and retain qualified associates. We attempt to attract and retain an appropriate level of personnel in both field operations and corporate functions. We face many external risks and internal factors in meeting our labor needs, including competition for qualified personnel, prevailing wage rates, as well as rising employee benefit costs, including insurance costs and compensation programs. Failure to attract and retain sufficient qualified personnel could interfere with our ability to implement our strategies and adequately provide services to customers.

We are more leveraged than some of our competitors, which could adversely affect our business plans. A relatively greater portion of our cash flow is used to service financial obligations including leases and to satisfy Pension Plans funding obligations (discussed previously). This reduces the funds we have available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, new stores, store remodels and other purposes. Similarly, our relatively greater leverage increases our vulnerability to, and limits our flexibility in planning for, adverse economic and industry conditions and creates other competitive disadvantages compared with other companies with relatively less leverage.

Compromises of our information security affecting customer or associate data may adversely affect our business. Through our sales and marketing activities, we collect and store certain personal information that our customers provide to purchase products or services, enroll in promotional programs, register on our website, or otherwise communicate and interact with us. We also gather and retain information about our associates in the normal course of business. We may share information about such persons with vendors that assist with certain aspects of our business. Despite instituted safeguards for the protection of such information, we cannot be certain that all of our systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack. Computer hackers may attempt to penetrate our networks or our vendors’ network security and, if successful, misappropriate confidential customer or business information. In addition, a Company employee, contractor or other third party with whom we do business may attempt to circumvent our security measures in order to obtain such information or inadvertently cause a breach involving such information. Loss of customer or business information could disrupt our operations and expose us to claims from customers, financial institutions, payment card associations and other persons, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We cannot ensure systems and technology will be fully integrated or updated. We cannot ensure our systems and technology will be successfully updated. We have plans to continue to update the financial reporting platform as well as other technology and systems. We will be implementing ongoing upgrades over the next several years which is a complicated and difficult endeavor. Failure to successfully complete these upgrades could have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations. Over the last several years, we have partially integrated the systems of our Contract and Retail businesses. If we do not ultimately fully integrate our systems, it may constrain our ability to provide the level of service our customers demand which could thereby cause us to operate inefficiently. In addition, if we are unable to continually add software and hardware, effectively manage and upgrade our systems and network infrastructure, and develop disaster recovery plans, our business could be disrupted, thus subjecting us to liability and potentially harming our reputation. Any disruption to the Internet or our technology infrastructure, including a disruption affecting our Web sites and information systems, may cause a decline in our customer satisfaction, jeopardize accurate financial reporting, impact our sales volumes or result in increased costs.

We retained responsibility for certain liabilities of the sold paper, forest products and timberland businesses. In connection with the Sale, we agreed to assume responsibility for certain liabilities of the businesses we sold. These obligations include liabilities related to environmental, health and safety, tax, litigation and employee benefit matters. Some of these retained liabilities could turn out to be significant, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Our exposure to these liabilities could harm our ability to compete with other office products distributors, who would not typically be subject to similar liabilities. In particular, we are exposed to risks arising from our ability to meet the funding obligations of our Pension Plans and withdrawal requests from participants pursuant to legacy benefit plans, each of which could require cash to be redirected and adversely impact our cash flows and financial results.

 

7


Table of Contents

Our investment in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. subjects us to the risks associated with the building products industry and the U.S. housing market. When we sold our paper, forest products and timberland assets, we purchased an equity interest in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. This continuing interest subjects us to market risks associated with the building products industry. This industry is subject to cyclical market pressures. Historical prices for products have been volatile, and industry participants have limited influence over the timing and extent of price changes. The relationship between supply and demand in this industry significantly affects product pricing. Demand for building products is driven mainly by factors such as new construction and remodeling rates, business and consumer credit availability, interest rates and weather. The recent falloff in U.S. housing starts has resulted in lower building products shipments and prices. The supply of building products fluctuates based on manufacturing capacity. Excess manufacturing capacity, both domestically and abroad, can result in significant variations in product prices. Our ability to realize the carrying value of our equity interest in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. is dependent upon many factors, including the operating performance of Boise Cascade, L.L.C. and other market factors that may not be specific to Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. due in part to the fact that there is not a liquid market for our equity interest.

Our obligation to purchase paper from Boise White Paper L.L.C. concentrates our supply of an important product primarily with a single supplier. When we sold our paper, forest products and timberland assets, we agreed to purchase substantially all of our requirements of paper for resale from Boise Cascade, L.L.C., or its affiliates or assigns, currently Boise White Paper L.L.C., on a long term basis. Under the new Paper Purchase Agreement which we entered into on June 25, 2011 and which has an initial term that expires at the end of 2017, this restriction continues to apply until the end of 2012, after which we will have greater flexibility to purchase paper from other paper suppliers. The price we pay for this paper is market based and therefore subject to fluctuations in the supply and demand for the products. In addition, until the restriction period ends, our purchase obligation limits our ability to take advantage of spot purchase opportunities and exposes us to potential interruptions in supply, which could impact our ability to compete effectively with our competitors, who would not typically be restricted in this way.

We have substantial business operations in states in which the regulatory environment is particularly challenging. Our operations in California and other heavily regulated states with relatively more aggressive enforcement efforts expose us to a particularly challenging regulatory environment, including, without limitation, consumer protection laws, advertising regulations, escheat, and employment and wage and hour regulations. This regulatory environment requires the Company to maintain a heightened compliance effort and exposes us to defense costs, possible fines and penalties, and liability to private parties for monetary recoveries and attorneys’ fees, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are subject to certain legal proceedings that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We are periodically involved in various legal proceedings, which may involve state and federal governmental inquiries and investigations, employment, tort, consumer litigation and intellectual property litigation. In addition, we may be subject to investigations by regulatory agencies and customers audits. These legal proceedings, investigations and audits could expose us to significant defense costs, fines, penalties, and liability to private parties for monetary recoveries and attorneys’ fees, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our results may be adversely affected by disruptions or catastrophic events. Unforeseen events, including public health issues and natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes and other adverse weather and climate conditions, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could disrupt our operations, disrupt the operations of our suppliers or customers, have an adverse impact on consumer spending and confidence levels or result in political or economic instability. Moreover, in the event of a natural disaster or public health issue, we may be required to suspend operations in some or all of our locations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These events could also reduce demand for our products or make it difficult or impossible to receive products from suppliers.

 

8


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in our effective tax rate may adversely affect our results of operations. We are a multi-national, multi-channel provider of office products and services. As a result, our effective tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various countries, states and other jurisdictions in which we operate. Our effective tax rate may be lower or higher than our tax rates have been in the past due to numerous factors, including the sources of our income, any agreements we may have with taxing authorities in various jurisdictions, and the tax filing positions we take in various jurisdictions.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

9


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The majority of OfficeMax facilities are rented under operating leases. (For more information about our operating leases, see Note 8, “Leases,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.) Our properties are in good operating condition and are suitable and adequate for the operations for which they are used. We constantly evaluate the real estate market to determine the best locations for new stores. We analyze our existing stores and markets on a case by case basis. We conduct regular reviews of our real estate portfolio to identify underperforming facilities, and close those facilities that are no longer strategically or economically viable, (For more information about facilities closures, see Note 2, “Facilities Closures Reserves, ” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.)

Our facilities by segment are presented in the following table.

Contract

As of the end of the year, Contract operated 38 distribution centers in 18 states, Puerto Rico, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. The following table sets forth the locations of these facilities.

 

Arizona

   1   

Maine

   1   

Texas

   1

California

   2   

Maryland

   1   

Utah

   1

Colorado

   1   

Michigan

   1   

Washington

   1

Florida

   1   

Minnesota

   1   

Puerto Rico

   1

Georgia

   1   

North Carolina

   1   

Canada

   7

Hawaii

   1   

Ohio

   1   

Australia

   8

Illinois

   1   

Pennsylvania

   1   

New Zealand

   3

Kansas

   1            

Contract also operated 46 office products stores in Hawaii (2), Canada (24), Australia (3) and New Zealand (17) and four customer service and outbound telesales centers in Illinois (2), Oklahoma and Virginia.

Retail

As of the end of the year, Retail operated 978 stores in 47 states, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Mexico. The following table sets forth the locations of these facilities.

 

Alabama

     11      

Maine

     1      

Oregon

     12   

Alaska

     3      

Maryland

     1      

Pennsylvania

     28   

Arizona

     43      

Massachusetts

     10      

Rhode Island

     1   

Arkansas

     2      

Michigan

     40      

South Carolina

     6   

California

     70      

Minnesota

     40      

South Dakota

     4   

Colorado

     29      

Mississippi

     5      

Tennessee

     18   

Connecticut

     3      

Missouri

     29      

Texas

     73   

Florida

     59      

Montana

     3      

Utah

     14   

Georgia

     30      

Nebraska

     10      

Virginia

     26   

Hawaii

     8      

Nevada

     14      

Washington

     19   

Idaho

     6      

New Jersey

     2      

West Virginia

     2   

Illinois

     59      

New Mexico

     9      

Wisconsin

     35   

Indiana

     14      

New York

     29      

Wyoming

     2   

Iowa

     9      

North Carolina

     27      

Puerto Rico

     13   

Kansas

     11      

North Dakota

     3      

U.S. Virgin Islands

     2   

Kentucky

     6      

Ohio

     52      

Mexico(a)

     82   

Louisiana

     2      

Oklahoma

     1         

 

(a) Locations operated by our 51%-owned joint venture in Mexico, Grupo OfficeMax.

 

10


Table of Contents

Retail also operated three large distribution centers in Alabama, Nevada and Pennsylvania; and one small distribution center in Mexico through our joint venture.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Information concerning legal proceedings is set forth in Note 16, “Legal Proceedings and Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 4. (REMOVED AND RESERVED)

 

11


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Our executive officers are elected by the Board of Directors and hold office until a successor is chosen or qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. The following lists our executive officers and gives a brief description of their business experience as of February 24, 2012:

Ravichandra K. Saligram, 55, was elected as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, as well as a director of the Company, on November 8, 2010. Until his election as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, Mr. Saligram had been Executive Vice President, ARAMARK Corporation (“ARAMARK”), a global professional services company, since November 2006, President, ARAMARK International since June 2003, and ARAMARK’S Chief Globalization Officer since June 2009. Mr. Saligram held the position of Senior Vice President, ARAMARK from November 2004 until November 2006. From 1994 until 2002, Mr. Saligram served in various capacities for the InterContinental Hotels Group, a global hospitality company, including as President of Brands & Franchise, North America; Chief Marketing Officer & Managing Director, Global Strategy; President, International; and President, Asia Pacific. Earlier in his career, Mr. Saligram held various general and brand management positions with S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. in the United States and overseas. Since 2006, he has been a director of Church & Dwight Co., Inc., a consumer and specialty products company.

James Barr IV, 49, was first elected an officer of the Company on November 14, 2011. He has served as executive vice president and chief digital officer since that time. From March 2010 to November 2011, Mr. Barr served as chief executive officer of Barr & Associates, a provider of ecommerce consulting services. Prior to that, from January 2008 to March 2010, he served as president, online for Sears Holdings Corporation, a department store. In this position he held full P&L accountability for multi-channel strategy and online sites such as sears.com and kmart.com. From 1996 to 2008, Mr. Barr held various positions at Microsoft Corporation, a computer software company. He served as Microsoft Corporation’s general manager, e-commerce and marketplaces from 2001 to 2008. In that position he had full business responsibility and led the global business-to-consumer e-commerce strategy.

Bruce H. Besanko, 53, was first elected an officer of the Company in February 2009. Mr. Besanko has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of the Company since that time, and as chief administrative officer since October 2009. Mr. Besanko previously served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Circuit City Stores, Inc. (“Circuit City”), a leading specialty retailer of consumer electronics and related services, from July 2007 to February 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Besanko served as senior vice president, finance and chief financial officer for The Yankee Candle Company, Inc., a leading designer, manufacturer, wholesaler and retailer of premium scented candles, since April 2005. He also served as vice president, finance for Best Buy Co., Inc., a retailer of consumer electronics, home office products, entertainment software, appliances and related services, from 2002 to 2005. On November 10, 2008, Circuit City and several of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Virginia. Circuit City’s Chapter 11 plan of liquidation was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on September 14, 2010. Pursuant to the plan of liquidation, Circuit City and its subsidiaries are liquidating their remaining assets.

Matthew R. Broad, 52, was first elected an officer of the Company in October 2004 and has served as executive vice president, general counsel since that time. Prior to that time Mr. Broad served as associate general counsel for Boise Cascade Corporation.

Michael J. Lewis, 61, was first elected an officer of the Company on May 2, 2011. Mr. Lewis has served as executive vice president and president of retail since that time. From 2010 until early 2011, Mr. Lewis served as global head of a Merchandising Center for Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (“Wal-Mart”), an international mass-merchandise retailer, and was responsible for brand management and supply chain and supported all merchandising for Wal-Mart private brands in the grocery and personal care businesses. Prior to that, Mr. Lewis

 

12


Table of Contents

was President of Wal-Mart’s Midwest division from 2005 to 2010, with responsibility for more than 850 Wal-Mart stores and more than 250,000 associates. He also served as President of the Retail Division of Nash Finch Company, a national, wholesale food distributor, from 2003 to 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Lewis was the President of Conquest Management Corporation, an investment and management consulting firm specializing in growth strategies for major retail and consumer goods companies, from 1995 to 2003.

Deborah A. O’Connor, 49, was first elected an officer of the Company in July 2008. Since that time, Ms. O’Connor has been senior vice president, finance and chief accounting officer of the Company. Ms. O’Connor previously served as senior vice president and controller of the ServiceMaster Company, a company providing residential and commercial lawn care, landscape maintenance, termite and pest control, home warranty, cleaning and disaster restoration, furniture repair, and home inspection services, from December 1999 to December 2007.

Stephen B. Parsons, 47, was first elected an officer of the Company on July 25, 2011. He has served as executive vice president and chief human resources officer since that time. From February 2008 to July 2011, Mr. Parsons served as senior vice president, human resources and labor relations, of Rite Aid Corporation (“Rite Aid”), a retail drug store chain. In that role, he was responsible for all aspects of human resources and change management, serving 92,000 associates across more than 4,700 stores and 12 distribution centers. From June 2007 to February 2008 he served as group vice president, human resources for Rite Aid. From June 2005 until its acquisition by Rite Aid in June 2007, Mr. Parsons served as senior vice president, human resources, of Brooks Eckerd Pharmacy, North America’s fourth largest retail drug store chain prior to its acquisition by Rite Aid.

Reuben E. Slone, 49, was first elected an officer of the Company in November 2004 and has served as executive vice president, supply chain since that time and as general manager, services since October 2011. Previously, Mr. Slone served as vice president, global supply chain for Whirlpool Corporation, a home appliance manufacturer (“Whirlpool”), from 2003 to 2004, as vice president, North American region supply chain for Whirlpool from 2001 to 2003 and as vice president, eBusiness for Whirlpool from 2000 to 2001. Before joining Whirlpool, Mr. Slone held various executive positions with General Motors Company, a major automaker.

 

13


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”). The Exchange requires each listed company to make an annual report available to its shareholders. We are making this Form 10-K available to our shareholders in lieu of a separate annual report. The reported high and low sales prices for our common stock, as well as the frequency and amount of dividends paid on such stock, are included in Note 17, “Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited),” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K. Due to the challenging economic environment, and to conserve cash, we suspended our cash dividends in the fourth quarter of 2008. See the discussion of dividend payment limitations under the caption “Financing Arrangements” in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of this Form 10-K. The approximate number of holders of our common stock, based upon actual record holders on February 10, 2012, was 11,875.

We maintain a corporate governance page on our website that includes key information about our corporate governance initiatives. That information includes our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Ethics and charters for our Audit, Executive Compensation and Governance and Nominating Committees, as well as our Committee of Outside Directors. The corporate governance page can be found at investor.officemax.com by clicking on “Corporate Governance.” You also may obtain copies of these policies, charters and codes by contacting our Investor Relations Department, 263 Shuman Boulevard, Naperville, Illinois 60563, or by calling (630) 864-6800.

Information concerning securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is included in “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” of this Form 10-K.

Stock Repurchases

Information concerning our stock repurchases during the three months ended December 31, 2011, is presented in the following table.

 

Period

   Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(a)
     Average Price
Paid per Share
     Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as Part
of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
     Maximum Number
of Shares That May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs
 

September 25 – October 22

     4,136       $ 4.89                   

October 23 – November 26

     17,293         5.10                   

November 27 – December 31

     966         4.46                   
  

 

 

          

Total

     22,395       $ 5.03                   
  

 

 

          

 

(a) All stock was withheld to satisfy minimum statutory tax withholding obligations upon vesting of restricted stock awards.

 

14


Table of Contents

 

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the five-year cumulative total return (assuming dividend reinvestment) for the Standard & Poor’s SmallCap 600 Index, the Standard & Poor’s SmallCap 600 Specialty Retail Index and OfficeMax.

 

LOGO

ANNUAL RETURN PERCENTAGE

Years Ending

 

Company\Index Name

   Dec 07      Dec 08      Dec 09      Dec 10      Dec 11  

OfficeMax Incorporated

     –57.62         –62.75         82.26         32.60         -74.75   

S&P SmallCap 600 Index

     –0.30         –34.26         33.53         25.76         0.02   

S&P 600 Specialty Retail Index

     –37.54         –36.51         77.65         40.68         2.72   

INDEXED RETURNS

Years Ending

 

Company\Index Name

   Base Period
Dec 06
     Dec 07      Dec 08      Dec 09      Dec 10      Dec 11  

OfficeMax Incorporated

   $ 100       $ 42.38       $ 15.78       $ 28.77       $ 38.15       $ 9.63   

S&P SmallCap 600 Index

     100         99.70         65.54         87.52         110.07         110.09   

S&P 600 Specialty Retail Index

     100         62.46         39.65         70.44         99.10         101.80   

 

15


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected financial data for the years indicated and should be read in conjunction with the disclosures in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

 

     2011(a)     2010(b)     2009(c)     2008(d)     2007(e)  
     (millions, except per-share amounts)  

Assets:

          

Current assets

   $ 1,939      $ 2,014      $ 2,021      $ 1,855      $ 2,205   

Property and equipment, net

     365        397        422        491        581   

Goodwill

                                 1,217   

Timber notes receivable

     899        899        899        899        1,635   

Other

     866        769        728        929        646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,069      $ 4,079      $ 4,070      $ 4,174      $ 6,284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

          

Current liabilities

   $ 1,013      $ 1,044      $ 1,092      $ 1,184      $ 1,371   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     229        270        275        290        349   

Non-recourse debt

     1,470        1,470        1,470        1,470        1,470   

Other

     756        645        702        918        783   

Noncontrolling interest

     32        49        28        22        32   

OfficeMax shareholders’ equity—preferred stock

     29        31        36        43        50   

OfficeMax shareholders’ equity—other

     540        570        467        247        2,229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,069      $ 4,079      $ 4,070      $ 4,174      $ 6,284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

   $ 7,121      $ 7,150      $ 7,212      $ 8,267      $ 9,082   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to OfficeMax and noncontrolling interest

   $ 38      $ 74      $ (1   $ (1,666   $ 212   

Joint venture results attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (3     (3     2        8        (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to OfficeMax

   $ 35      $ 71      $ 1      $ (1,658   $ 207   

Preferred dividends

     (2     (2     (3     (4     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to OfficeMax common shareholders

   $ 33      $ 69      $ (2   $ (1,662   $ 203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per common share

   $ 0.38      $ 0.81      $ (0.03   $ (21.90   $ 2.70   

Diluted net income (loss) per common share

   $ 0.38      $ 0.79      $ (0.03   $ (21.90   $ 2.66   

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $      $      $      $ 0.45      $ 0.60   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes on following page.

 

16


Table of Contents

Notes to Selected Financial Data

The company’s fiscal year-end is the last Saturday in December. For our U.S. businesses, there were 53 weeks in 2011 and 52 weeks for all other years presented.

 

  (a) 2011 included the following pre-tax items:

 

   

$11.2 million charge for impairment of fixed assets associated with certain of our Retail stores in the U.S.

 

   

$5.6 million charge for costs related to Retail store closures in the U.S.

 

   

$14.9 million charge for severance and other costs incurred in connection with various company reorganizations.

 

  (b) 2010 included the following pre-tax items:

 

   

$11.0 million charge for impairment of fixed assets associated with certain of our Retail stores in the U.S.

 

   

$13.1 million charge for costs related to Retail store closures in the U.S., partially offset by a $0.6 million severance reserve adjustment.

 

   

$9.4 million favorable adjustment of a reserve associated with our legacy building materials manufacturing facility near Elma, Washington due to the sale of the facility’s equipment and the termination of the lease.

 

  (c) 2009 included the following items:

 

   

$17.6 million pre-tax charge for impairment of fixed assets associated with certain of our Retail stores in the U.S. and Mexico. Our minority partner’s share of this charge of $1.2 million is included in joint venture results attributable to noncontrolling interest.

 

   

$31.2 million pre-tax charge for costs related to Retail store closures in the U.S. and Mexico. Our minority partner’s share of this charge of $0.5 million is included in joint venture results attributable to noncontrolling interest.

 

   

$18.1 million pre-tax charge for severance and other costs incurred in connection with various company reorganizations.

 

   

$2.6 million pre-tax gain related to the Company’s Boise Investment.

 

   

$4.4 million pre-tax gain related to interest earned on a tax escrow balance established in a prior period in connection with our legacy Voyageur Panel business.

 

   

$14.9 million of income tax benefit from the release of a tax uncertainty reserve upon resolution of an issue under Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) appeal regarding the deductibility of interest on certain of our industrial revenue bonds.

 

  (d) 2008 included the following pre-tax items:

 

   

$1,364.4 million charge for impairment of goodwill, trade names and fixed assets. Our minority partner’s share of this charge of $6.5 million is included in joint venture results attributable to noncontrolling interest.

 

   

$735.8 million charge for non-cash impairment of the timber installment note receivable due from Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. and $20.4 million of related interest expense.

 

   

$27.9 million charge for severance and costs associated with the termination of certain store and site leases.

 

   

$20.5 million gain related to the Company’s Boise Investment, primarily attributable to the sale of a majority interest in its paper and packaging and newsprint businesses.

 

  (e) 2007 included the following items:

 

   

$32.4 million pre-tax income related to a paper agreement with affiliates of Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. we entered into in connection with the Sale. This agreement was terminated in early 2008.

 

   

$1.1 million after-tax loss related to the sale of OfficeMax’s Contract operations in Mexico to Grupo OfficeMax, our 51%-owned joint venture.

 

17


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion contains statements about our future financial performance. These statements are only predictions. Our actual results may differ materially from these predictions. In evaluating these statements, you should review “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K, including “Cautionary and Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overall Summary

Sales for 2011 were $7,121.2 million, compared to $7,150.0 million for 2010, a decrease of 0.4%. Sales for 2011 benefitted from favorable foreign currency rate changes ($91 million) and from an extra week in fiscal year 2011 ($86 million) compared to fiscal year 2010. Fiscal year 2011 included 53 weeks for our U.S. businesses, while fiscal year 2010 included 52 weeks. After adjusting for the favorable foreign currency impact and the favorable impact of the extra week (“53rd week”), sales declined by 2.9% compared to 2010. Sales and gross profit margins declined in both our Contract and Retail segments. Consolidated gross profit margin decreased by 0.5% of sales (50 basis points) to 25.4% of sales in 2011 compared to 25.9% of sales in 2010, as lower customer margins and increased delivery and freight expense were partially offset by lower occupancy expenses. Operating expenses for 2011 increased compared to the prior year due to the impact of the extra week, the impact of foreign exchange rates and the impact of favorable settlements in 2010, but were benefitted by lower incentive compensation expense. We reported operating income of $86.5 million in 2011 compared to $146.5 million in 2010. The 53rd week added $8 million of operating income and $.06 of diluted earnings per share in 2011.

As noted in the discussion and analysis that follows, our operating results were impacted by a number of significant items in both years. These items included charges for asset impairments, store closures and severance, partially offset by income related to legacy items. If we eliminate these items, our adjusted operating income for 2011 was $118.2 million compared to an adjusted operating income of $160.6 million for 2010. The reported net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders was $32.8 million, or $0.38 per diluted share, in 2011 compared to a reported net loss available to OfficeMax common shareholders $68.6 million, or $0.79 per diluted share, in 2010. If we eliminate the impact of significant items from both years, adjusted net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders for 2011 was $53.3 million, or $0.61 per diluted share, compared to $77.3 million, or $0.89 per diluted share, for 2010.

Results of Operations, Consolidated

($ in millions)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Sales

   $ 7,121.2      $ 7,150.0      $ 7,212.1   

Gross profit

     1,809.2        1,849.7        1,737.6   

Operating, selling and general and administrative expenses

     1,691.0        1,689.1        1,674.7   

Asset impairments

     11.2        11.0        17.6   

Other operating expenses, net

     20.5        3.1        49.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,722.7        1,703.2        1,741.6   

Operating income (loss)

   $ 86.5      $ 146.5      $ (4.0

Net income (loss) available to OfficeMax common shareholders

   $ 32.8      $ 68.6      $ (2.2

Gross profit margin

     25.4     25.9     24.1

Operating, selling and general and administrative expenses

      

Percentage of sales

     23.7     23.7     23.2

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition to assessing our operating performance as reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), we evaluate our results of operations before non-operating legacy items and certain operating items that are not indicative of our core operating activities such as severance, facility closures and adjustments, and asset impairments. We believe our presentation of financial measures before, or excluding, these items, which are non-GAAP measures, enhances our investors’ overall understanding of our recurring operational performance and provides useful information to both investors and management to evaluate the ongoing operations and prospects of OfficeMax by providing better comparisons. Whenever we use non-GAAP financial measures, we designate these measures as “adjusted” and provide a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most closely applicable GAAP financial measure. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. In the following tables, we reconcile our non-GAAP financial measures to our reported GAAP financial results.

Although we believe the non-GAAP financial measures enhance an investor’s understanding of our performance, our management does not itself, nor does it suggest that investors should, consider such non-GAAP financial measures in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. The non-GAAP financial measures we use may not be consistent with the presentation of similar companies in our industry. However, we present such non-GAAP financial measures in reporting our financial results to provide investors with an additional tool to evaluate our operating results in a manner that focuses on what we believe to be our ongoing business operations.

 

     NON-GAAP RECONCILIATION FOR 2011(a)  
     Operating
income
    Net income
available to
OfficeMax
common
shareholders
    Diluted
income
per
common
share
 
     (millions, except per-share amounts)  

As reported

   $ 86.5      $ 32.8      $ 0.38   

Store asset impairment charge

     11.2        6.8        0.08   

Store closure and severance charges

     20.5        13.6        0.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As adjusted

   $ 118.2      $ 53.3      $ 0.61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     NON-GAAP RECONCILIATION FOR 2010(a)  
     Operating
income

(loss)
    Net income (loss)
available to
OfficeMax
common
shareholders
    Diluted
income

(loss)
per
common
share
 
     (millions, except per-share amounts)  

As reported

   $ 146.5      $ 68.6      $ 0.79   

Store asset impairment charge

     11.0        6.7        0.08   

Store closure charges and severance adjustments

     12.5        7.8        0.09   

Reserve adjustments related to legacy facility

     (9.4     (5.8     (0.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As adjusted

   $ 160.6      $ 77.3      $ 0.89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents
     NON-GAAP RECONCILIATION FOR 2009(a)  
     Operating
income
(loss)
    Net income
(loss)
available to
OfficeMax
common
shareholders
    Diluted
income
(loss)
per
common
share
 
     (millions, except per-share amounts)  

As reported

   $ (4.0   $ (2.2   $ (0.03

Store asset impairment charge

     17.6        10.0        0.12   

Store closure and severance charges

     49.3        30.0        0.39   

Interest income from a legacy tax escrow

            (2.7     (0.04

Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. distribution

            (1.6     (0.02

Release of income tax uncertainty reserve

            (14.9     (0.18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As adjusted

   $ 62.9      $ 18.6      $ 0.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Totals may not foot due to rounding.

These items are described in more detail in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

At the end of the 2011 fiscal year, we had $427.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and $633.2 million in available (unused) borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities. At year-end, we had outstanding recourse debt of $268.2 million (both current and long-term) and non-recourse obligations of $1,470.0 million related to the timber securitization notes. There is no recourse against OfficeMax on the securitized timber notes payable as recourse is limited to proceeds from the applicable pledged installment notes receivable and underlying guarantees. There were no borrowings on our revolving credit facilities in 2011.

The funded status of our pension plans declined in 2011. Our pension obligations exceeded the assets held in trust to fund them by $329.6 million at year-end 2011, a decrease in funded status of $149.4 million, compared to the $180.2 million under funding that existed at year-end 2010. This reduction in funded status was due to a decrease in the discount rate applied to the liability and weaker than anticipated returns on investments.

For full year 2011, operations provided $50.1 million of cash, while capital expenditures (including systems and infrastructure investments) and debt payments used $69.6 million and $6.1 million, respectively.

Outlook

Based on the current environment and our 2011 trends, we expect that total sales for the full year will be flat to slightly higher than 2011, including the favorable impact of foreign currency translation in 2012 and excluding the benefit of the 53rd week in 2011. Additionally, we expect that the adjusted operating income margin rate for the full year will be in line with the prior year.

We anticipate cash flow from operations in 2012 to be in line with or slightly higher than capital expenditures. We expect capital expenditures to be approximately $75 million to $100 million, primarily related to technology, ecommerce and infrastructure investments and upgrades as well as growth and profitability initiatives. We anticipate a net reduction in our retail store count for the year with up to thirty-five store closures and one to two store openings in U.S., as well as eight to nine store openings and one to two store closures in Mexico.

 

20


Table of Contents

Operating Results

2011 Compared with 2010

Sales for 2011 decreased 0.4% to $7,121.2 million, compared to $7,150.0 million for 2010, and included the favorable impact of currency exchange rates relating to our international subsidiaries and the favorable impact of an extra week in fiscal year 2011 in our domestic subsidiaries. On a local currency basis, sales declined 1.7%. After adjusting for the favorable impact of foreign currency rates ($91 million) and the favorable impact of the extra week in U.S. operations ($86 million), sales declined by 2.9%. These declines are the result of the competitive environment for our products, lower sales in our existing Contract business, and weak store traffic in our Retail segment. The sales declines also included an unfavorable impact from inclement weather in the U.S. during the first quarter of 2011.

Gross profit margin decreased by 0.5% of sales (50 basis points) to 25.4% of sales in 2011 compared to 25.9% of sales in 2010, due to lower customer margins from more promotional activities, customer incentives and continued economic pressures on our consumers’ spending as well as increased delivery and freight expense from higher fuel costs and higher import duties associated with purchases in prior periods. These declines were partially offset by lower occupancy expenses. The extra week in U.S. operations resulted in a $28 million favorable impact to gross profit in 2011 compared to 2010.

Operating, selling and general and administrative expenses of 23.7% of sales in 2011 were flat as a percent of sales as compared to the prior year. These expenses as a percent of sales were flat in the Contract segment, and increased slightly in the Retail segment. For 2011, operating, selling and general and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million compared to the prior year due to the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange rates ($21 million), the unfavorable impact of the extra week in U.S. operations ($20 million) and the unfavorable impact of tax and legal settlements in 2010 ($14 million) that did not recur in 2011. These items were partially offset by lower incentive compensation expense ($45 million), as the Company did not meet its earnings targets under the incentive compensation plans for 2011. Favorable settlements in 2010 included $9 million of favorable sales/use tax settlements and adjustments through the year as well as a $5 million gain related to the resolution of a legal dispute.

As noted above, our results for 2011 include several significant items, as follows:

 

   

We recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $11.2 million associated with leasehold improvements and other assets at certain of our Retail stores in the U.S. After tax, this charge reduced net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders by $6.8 million, or $0.08 per diluted share.

 

   

We recorded $14.9 million of severance charges ($13.9 million in Contract, $0.3 million in Retail and $0.7 million in Corporate) related primarily to reorganizations in Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the U.S. sales and supply chain organizations. In addition, we recorded $5.6 million of charges in our Retail segment related to store closures in the U.S. After tax, the cumulative effect of these items reduced net income by $13.6 million or $0.16 per diluted share.

Interest income was $44.0 million and $42.6 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase was due primarily to increases in cash balances and interest rates in our international businesses. Interest expense was $73.1 million and $73.3 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

For 2011, we recognized income tax expense of $19.5 million on pre-tax income of $57.6 million (an effective tax expense rate of 33.9%) compared to income tax expense of $41.9 million on pre-tax income of $115.7 million (an effective tax expense rate of 36.2%) for 2010. The effective tax rate in both years was impacted by the effects of state income taxes, income items not subject to tax, non-deductible expenses and the mix of domestic and foreign sources of income. In 2011, the Company recorded an increase ($10.8 million) to the valuation allowances relating to several state net operating losses. This negative impact was offset by other one time favorable rate changes and other items related to nondeductible permanent items.

 

21


Table of Contents

We reported net income attributable to OfficeMax and noncontrolling interest of $38.1 million for 2011. After adjusting for joint venture earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest and preferred dividends, we reported net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders of $32.8 million, or $0.38 per diluted share. Adjusted net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders, as discussed above, was $53.3 million, or $0.61 per diluted share, for 2011 compared to $77.3 million, or $0.89 per diluted share, for 2010.

2010 Compared with 2009

Sales for 2010 decreased 0.9% to $7,150.0 million from $7,212.1 million for 2009, which included the impact of favorable currency exchange rates relating to our international subsidiaries. On a local currency basis, sales declined 2.9%. Both our Contract and Retail segments experienced year-over-year sales declines in a challenging economic environment with increased competitive intensity including higher levels of promotional activity.

Gross profit margin increased by 1.8% of sales (180 basis points) to 25.9% of sales in 2010 compared to 24.1% of sales in 2009. The gross profit margins increased in both our Contract and Retail segments due to our profitability initiatives and reduced inventory shrinkage expense. We benefited from $15 million of inventory shrinkage reserve adjustments due to the positive results from our physical inventory counts. Retail segment gross profit margins also benefitted from a sales mix shift to higher-margin products and lower occupancy and freight costs.

Operating, selling and general and administrative expenses increased 0.5% of sales to 23.7% of sales in 2010 from 23.2% of sales in 2009. The increase was in our Contract segment, as the Retail segment operating, selling and general and administrative expenses as a percent of sales remained flat. The increase was the result of higher expenses related to our growth and profitability initiatives which were partially offset by favorable trends in workers compensation and medical benefit expenses, lower payroll-related expenses and favorable sales and use tax and legal settlements in Retail. On a consolidated basis, we recognized $9 million of favorable sales/use tax settlements and adjustments through the year as well as a $5 million gain related to the resolution of a legal dispute. These items compare to approximately $10 million of income realized in the prior year related to favorable property tax settlements and the resolution of a dispute with a service provider.

As noted above, our results for 2010 include several significant items, as follows:

 

   

We recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $11.0 million associated with leasehold improvements and other assets at certain of our Retail stores in the U.S. After tax, this charge reduced net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders by $6.7 million, or $0.08 per diluted share.

 

   

We recorded $13.1 million of charges in our Retail segment related to store closures in the U.S offset by income of $0.6 million in our Retail segment to adjust previously established severance reserves. After tax, the cumulative effect of these items was a reduction of net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders of $7.8 million, or $0.09 per diluted share.

 

   

We recorded income of $9.4 million related to the adjustment of a reserve associated with our legacy building materials manufacturing facility near Elma, Washington due to the sale of the facility’s equipment and the termination of the lease. This item increased net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders by $5.8 million, or $0.07 per diluted share.

In addition, our results for 2009 include several significant items, as follows:

 

   

We recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $17.6 million associated with leasehold improvements and other assets at certain of our Retail stores in the U.S. and Mexico. After tax and noncontrolling interest, these charges reduced net income (loss) available to OfficeMax common shareholders by $10.0 million or $0.12 per diluted share.

 

   

We recorded $31.2 million of charges in our Retail segment related to store closures. We also recorded $18.1 million of severance and other charges, principally related to reorganizations of our U.S. and

 

22


Table of Contents
 

Canadian Contract sales forces, customer fulfillment centers and customer service centers, as well as a streamlining of our Retail store staffing. These charges are recorded by segment in the following manner: Contract $15.3 million, Retail $2.1 million and Corporate and Other $0.7 million. After tax and noncontrolling interest, the cumulative effect of these items was a reduction of net income (loss) available to OfficeMax common shareholders by $30.0 million, or $0.39 per diluted share.

 

   

“Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations included income of $2.6 million from a distribution on the Boise Investment related to our tax liability on allocated earnings. This distribution was much larger in the prior year due to a significant tax gain realized by Boise Cascade, L.L.C. on the sales of its paper and packaging and newsprint businesses. After tax, this item increased net income (loss) available to OfficeMax common shareholders $1.6 million, or $0.02 per diluted share.

 

   

We recorded $4.4 million of interest income related to a tax escrow balance established in a prior period in connection with our legacy Voyager Panel business which we sold in 2004. After tax, this item increased net income (loss) available to OfficeMax common shareholders by $2.7 million, or $0.04 per diluted share.

 

   

In the fourth quarter, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service conceded an issue under appeals regarding the deductibility of interest on certain of our industrial revenue bonds. Upon the resolution of this matter, we released $14.9 million in tax uncertainty reserves which increased net income (loss) available to OfficeMax common shareholders by $0.18 per diluted share.

Interest income was $42.6 million and $47.3 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decrease was due primarily to $4.4 million of interest income recorded in 2009 related to a tax escrow balance established in a prior period in connection with the sale of our legacy Voyageur Panel business. Interest expense decreased to $73.3 million in 2010 from $76.4 million in 2009. The decrease in interest expense was due primarily to reduced debt resulting from payments made in 2009 and 2010.

For 2010, we recognized income tax expense of $41.9 million on pre-tax income of $115.7 million (effective tax expense rate of 36.2%) compared to income tax benefit of $28.8 million on a pre-tax loss of $30.3 million (effective tax benefit rate of 94.8%) for 2009. The effective tax rate in both years was impacted by the effects of state income taxes, income items not subject to tax, non-deductible expenses and the mix of domestic and foreign sources of income as well as low levels of profitability in 2009. The effective tax rate in 2009 also included $14.9 million from the release of a tax reserve upon the resolution of our claim that interest on certain of our industrial revenue bonds was fully tax deductible.

We reported net income attributable to OfficeMax and noncontrolling interest of $73.9 million for 2010. After adjusting for joint venture earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest and preferred dividends, we reported net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders of $68.6 million, or $0.79 per diluted share. Adjusted net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders, as discussed above, was $77.3 million, or $0.89 per diluted share, for 2010 compared to $18.6 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, for 2009.

Segment Discussion

We report our results using three reportable segments: Contract; Retail; and Corporate and Other.

Our Contract segment distributes a broad line of items for the office, including office supplies and paper, technology products and solutions, office furniture and print and document services. Contract sells directly to large corporate and government offices, as well as to small and medium-sized offices in the United States, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. This segment markets and sells through field salespeople, outbound telesales, catalogs, the Internet and in some markets, including Canada, Australia and New Zealand, through office products stores.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our Retail segment is a retail distributor of office supplies and paper, print and document services, technology products and solutions and office furniture. In addition, this segment contracts with large national retail chains to supply office and school supplies to be sold in their stores. Our retail office supply stores feature OfficeMax ImPress, an in-store module devoted to print-for-pay and related services. Retail has operations in the United States, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Retail also operates office products stores in Mexico through a 51%-owned joint venture.

Our Corporate and Other segment includes support staff services and certain other legacy expenses as well as the related assets and liabilities. The income and expense related to certain assets and liabilities that are reported in the Corporate and Other segment have been allocated to the Contract and Retail segments.

Management evaluates the segments’ performances using segment income (loss) which is based on operating income (loss) after eliminating the effect of certain operating items that are not indicative of our core operations such as severances, facility closures and adjustments, and asset impairments. These certain operating items are reported on the asset impairments and the other operating expenses lines in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Contract

($ in millions)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Sales

   $ 3,624.1      $ 3,634.2      $ 3,656.7   

Gross profit

     809.5        827.0        762.4   

Gross profit margin

     22.3     22.8     20.8

Operating, selling and general and administrative expenses

     731.8        732.7        704.4   

Percentage of sales

     20.2     20.2     19.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment income

   $ 77.7      $ 94.3      $ 58.0   

Percentage of sales

     2.1     2.6     1.6

Sales by Product Line

      

Office supplies and paper

   $ 2,076.0      $ 2,086.6      $ 2,138.5   

Technology products

     1,142.2        1,185.5        1,174.0   

Office furniture

     405.9        362.1        344.2   

Sales by Geography

      

United States

   $ 2,449.3      $ 2,482.5      $ 2,583.1   

International

     1,174.8        1,151.7        1,073.6   

Sales Growth

     (0.3 )%      (0.6 )%      (15.2 )% 

2011 Compared with 2010

Contract segment sales for 2011 decreased 0.3% (2.6% in local currencies) to $3,624.1 million from $3,634.2 million for 2010, and included the favorable impact of currency exchange rates relating to our international subsidiaries and the favorable impact of an extra week in fiscal year 2011 in our domestic subsidiaries. After adjusting for the favorable impact of foreign currency rates ($84 million) and the favorable impact of the extra week ($35 million), sales declined by 3.5%. U.S. Contract sales for 2011 declined 1.3% compared to 2010 (2.7% after adjusting for the impact of the extra week) due to a continued, highly competitive environment in the U.S. A decline in sales to existing customers, including a significant decrease in sales to the U.S. federal government, was partially offset by increased favorable impact of sales to newly acquired customers outpacing the reduction in sales due to lost customers. Fourth quarter of 2011 results trended favorably as the decline in sales to existing customers for the fourth quarter was lower than that for the third quarter and sales to newly acquired customers outpaced the reduction in sales due to lost customers. U.S. Contract sales trended positive by 0.2 % for the fourteen week period ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same fourteen week period in 2010. International sales for 2011 increased 2.0%, but declined 5.3% on a local currency basis. The

 

24


Table of Contents

declines are the result of decreased sales to existing customers and several large customers that were not retained in both Canada and Australia.

Contract segment gross profit margin decreased 0.5% of sales (50 basis points) to 22.3% of sales for 2011 compared to 22.8% of sales for the previous year. The decrease in gross profit margins occurred both in the U.S. and internationally. U.S. gross profit margins decreased due to lower customer margins and increased freight and delivery expenses from higher fuel costs, which were partially offset by lower occupancy expenses. The continued highly competitive U.S. market has resulted in downward pressure on customer margins. The extra week in U.S. operations resulted in a $7 million favorable impact to gross profit in 2011 compared to 2010. International margin declines resulted from lower customer margins due to increased competitive market conditions in Canada, and higher freight expense from higher fuel costs, which were partially offset by lower inventory shrink expense and lower occupancy expense.

Contract segment operating, selling and general and administrative expenses of 20.2% of sales for 2011 were flat to the prior year as lower incentive compensation expense was offset by the deleveraging of expenses from the lower sales and the unfavorable impact of sales/use tax settlements in 2010. Contract segment operating, selling and general and administrative expenses of $731.8 million in 2011 decreased $0.9 million from the prior year as the unfavorable impact of foreign currency rates ($20 million) and the unfavorable impact of the extra week ($7 million) were offset by lower incentive compensation expense ($20 million) and lower payroll and advertising expenses.

Contract segment income was $77.7 million, or 2.1% of sales, for 2011, compared to $94.3 million, or 2.6% of sales, for 2010. The decrease in segment income was primarily attributable to the decline in sales and the lower gross profit margin. The impact of the 53rd week was negligible on operating income.

2010 Compared with 2009

Contract segment sales for 2010 decreased 0.6% to $3,634.2 million from $3,656.7 million for 2009, reflecting a 4.3% decline on a local currency basis which was partially offset by a favorable impact from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The U.S. sales decline of 3.9% reflected a challenging U.S. economic recovery, which continues to impact our customers’ buying trends, as well as an intensely competitive environment. Sales to existing customers declined 6.2% in 2010, an improvement from the 14.7% decline in 2009. For the year, increased sales to newly acquired customers outpaced reduced sales due to lost customers. International sales declined 5.2% on a local currency basis in 2010, primarily as a result of decreased sales to existing customers and continued international economic weakness.

Contract segment gross profit margin increased 2.0% of sales (200 basis points) to 22.8% of sales for 2010 compared to 20.8% of sales for the previous year. The increases in gross profit margins occurred both in the U.S. and internationally. U.S. gross profit margins increased due to strong disciplines instituted to monitor both customer profitability and product costs as well as reduced delivery costs. 2010 also benefited from the reversal of inventory shrinkage reserves due to favorable results from our annual physical inventory counts of $3.5 million. International margin improvements resulted from improved product margins resulting from a strong back-to-school season in Australia, favorable foreign exchange rate impact on Canadian paper purchases and profitability initiatives related to our own private label products.

Contract segment operating, selling and general and administrative expenses increased 1.0% of sales to 20.2% for 2010 from 19.2% of sales a year earlier. The increase was primarily due to costs associated with growth and profitability initiatives associated with our managed-print-services, customer service centers and business-to-business website, partially offset by favorable trends in workers compensation and medical benefit expenses as well as lower payroll costs from the reorganization of our U.S. sales force and U.S. customer service operations.

Contract segment income was $94.3 million, or 2.6% of sales, for 2010, compared to $58.0 million, or 1.6% of sales, for 2009. The increase in segment income was primarily attributable to the increased gross profit margin

 

25


Table of Contents

partially offset by higher operating, selling and general and administrative expenses due primarily to increased spending on our growth and profitability initiatives.

Retail

($ in millions)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Sales

   $ 3,497.1      $ 3,515.8      $ 3,555.4   

Gross profit

     999.7        1,022.7        975.2   

Gross profit margin

     28.6     29.1     27.4

Operating, selling and general and administrative expenses

     924.4        918.8        930.3   

Percentage of sales

     26.4     26.1     26.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment income

   $ 75.3      $ 103.9      $ 44.9   

Percentage of sales

     2.2     3.0     1.3

Sales by Product Line

      

Office supplies and paper

   $ 1,489.8      $ 1,468.7      $ 1,446.9   

Technology products

     1,793.3        1,834.6        1,872.6   

Office furniture

     214.0        212.5        235.9   

Sales by Geography

      

United States

   $ 3,222.4      $ 3,287.5      $ 3,369.6   

International

     274.7        228.3        185.8   

Sales Growth

      

Total sales growth

     (0.5 )%      (1.1 )%      (10.2 )% 

Same-location sales growth

     (1.5 )%      (0.8 )%      (11.0 )% 

2011 Compared with 2010

Retail segment sales for 2011 decreased by 0.5% (0.7% in local currencies) to $3,497.1 million from $3,515.8 million for 2010, and included the favorable impact of currency exchange rates relating to our Mexico subsidiary and the favorable impact of an extra week in fiscal year 2011 in our domestic subsidiaries. After adjusting for the favorable impact of foreign currency rates ($8 million) and the favorable impact of the extra week ($52 million), sales declined by 2.2%. The sales declines reflect challenging economic conditions and an increased promotional environment as well as significant decline in certain technology categories. Same-store sales declined by 1.5% in 2011, which included a U.S. same-store sales decline of 2.8%, partially offset by a 14.2% same-store sales increase in Mexico, on a local currency basis. The U.S. same-store sales decline reflected weaker back-to-school sales and continued weakness in store traffic, which was partially offset by slightly higher average ticket and a favorable holiday season. We ended 2011 with 978 stores. In the U.S., we closed twenty-two retail stores during 2011 and opened none, ending the year with 896 retail stores, while Grupo OfficeMax, our majority-owned joint venture in Mexico, opened five stores during 2011 and closed two, ending the year with 82 retail stores.

Retail segment gross profit margin decreased 0.5% of sales (50 basis points) to 28.6% of sales for 2011 compared to 29.1% of sales for 2010. The gross profit margin declines were the result of lower customer margins in Mexico, higher freight and delivery expense from increased fuel costs and higher inventory markdowns, which were partially offset by lower occupancy expenses. We had slightly higher customer margins in the U.S. reflecting the product-mix shift to supplies sales. Higher promotional activity resulted in increased sales but placed continued pressure on margins. The extra week in U.S. operations resulted in a $21 million favorable impact to gross profit in 2011 compared to 2010.

Retail segment operating, selling and general and administrative expenses increased 0.3% of sales to 26.4% of sales for 2011 from 26.1% of sales for 2010 as lower incentive compensation expense was more than offset by the deleveraging impact of the lower sales and the unfavorable impact of sales/use tax and legal settlements in

 

26


Table of Contents

2010. Retail segment operating, selling and general and administrative expenses of $924.4 million in 2011 increased $5.6 million from the prior year as the unfavorable impact of the extra week ($13 million), the unfavorable impact of sales/use tax and legal settlements in 2010 ($12 million) and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency rates ($1 million) were partially offset by lower incentive compensation expense ($23 million). In addition, lower advertising expenses and lower store fixture and equipment-related costs were more than offset by higher overhead associated with our profitability initiatives.

Retail segment income was $75.3 million, or 2.2% of sales, for 2011, compared to $103.9 million, or 3.0% of sales, for 2010. The decrease in segment income was primarily attributable to the sales decline, the lower gross profit margins and the increased operating expenses as noted above which was partially offset by continued improvement in our Mexican joint venture’s earnings. There was $8 million of segment income resulting from the 53rd week.

2010 Compared with 2009

Retail segment sales for 2010 decreased by 1.1% (1.5% on a local currency basis) to $3,515.8 million from $3,555.4 million for 2009 reflecting challenging economic conditions and increased promotional activity. U.S. same-store sales declined 2.2% for 2010 primarily due to continued weaker consumer and small business spending and reduced technology sales. Mexico same-store sales for 2010 increased 15.7% on a local currency basis year-over-year due to unusually lower sales in 2009 resulting from the weakened economy and the H1N1 flu epidemic as well as new sales initiatives in 2010. U.S. store traffic was lower compared to the prior year as sales declined across all major product categories, but average ticket amounts were up due to a mix shift within the technology products category to higher-priced items. We ended 2010 with 997 stores. In the U.S., we closed fifteen retail stores during 2010 and opened none, ending the year with 918 retail stores, while Grupo OfficeMax, our majority-owned joint venture in Mexico, opened two stores and closed none, ending the year with 79 retail stores.

Retail segment gross profit margin increased 1.7% of sales (170 basis points) to 29.1% of sales for 2010 compared to 27.4% of sales for the previous year. The gross profit margin increase was due to our product and pricing initiatives and a sales mix shift to the higher-margin supplies category (which was slightly offset by an unfavorable mix shift within the technology category) as well as reduced inventory shrinkage expense, lower occupancy costs due to rent reductions, resulting from lease renewals and renegotiations, and closed stores and lower freight expense. The reduced inventory shrinkage expense included the reversal of inventory shrinkage reserves due to favorable results from our annual physical inventory counts of $11.5 million.

Retail segment operating, selling and general and administrative expenses of 26.1% of sales for 2010 were flat compared to 2009. Fiscal 2010 benefited from favorable trends in workers compensation and medical benefit expenses, sales/use tax and legal settlements as well as reduced payroll expenses due to closed stores and store staffing reductions. These benefits were offset by increased expenses resulting from our print-for-pay and new channel growth initiatives and the impact of property tax and other settlements in 2009.

Retail segment income was $103.9 million, or 3.0% of sales, for 2010, compared to $44.9 million, or 1.3% of sales, for 2009. The increase in segment income was primarily attributable to the improved gross profit margins as noted above and significant improvement in our Mexican joint venture’s earnings, which was partially offset by the increased costs from our long-term growth initiatives.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other expenses were $35.5 million, $28.2 million and $40.7 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These expenses were lower in 2010 as there was $9.4 million of income associated with our legacy building materials manufacturing facility near Elma, Washington. In addition, the benefit of lower incentive compensation expense ($3 million) was offset by increased pension expense in 2011 compared to 2010, while pension expense was lower in 2010 than 2009.

 

27


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At the end of fiscal year 2011, the total liquidity available for OfficeMax was $1,060.3 million. This includes cash and cash equivalents of $427.1 million, including $126.2 million in foreign cash balances, and borrowing availability of $633.2 million. The borrowing availability included $580.3 million from our credit agreement associated with the Company and certain of our subsidiaries in the U.S., Puerto Rico and Canada and $52.9 million from our credit agreement associated with our subsidiaries in Australia and New Zealand. At the end of fiscal year 2011, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the two credit agreements. The credit agreement associated with the Company and certain of our subsidiaries in the U.S., Puerto Rico and Canada expires on October 7, 2016 and the credit agreement associated with our subsidiaries in Australia and New Zealand expires on March 15, 2013. At the end of fiscal year 2011, we had $268.2 million of short-term and long-term recourse debt and $1,470.0 million of non-recourse timber securitization notes outstanding.

Under certain circumstances there are restrictions on our ability to repatriate certain amounts of foreign cash balances. If the Company chose to repatriate certain unrestricted foreign cash balances, it could result in a repatriation provision of approximately $2.5 million in excess of the amount already accrued and $4.0 million in cash taxes due.

Our primary ongoing cash requirements relate to working capital, expenditures for property and equipment, technology enhancements and upgrades, lease obligations, pension funding and debt service. We expect to fund these requirements through a combination of available cash balance and cash flow from operations. We also have revolving credit facilities as additional liquidity. The following sections of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discuss in more detail our operating, investing, and financing activities, as well as our financing arrangements.

Operating Activities

Our operating activities provided cash of $53.7 million in 2011 compared to $88.1 million in 2010. Cash from operations for 2011 was lower than the prior year primarily reflecting a lower level of earnings and $13.5 million of net tax payments in 2011 (international and state payments) versus net tax refunds of $5.0 million in 2010. Changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities includes an unfavorable impact from paying the 2010 incentive compensation accrual in 2011 and recording a significantly reduced accrual for 2011 incentive compensation expense. This change was offset by reduced legal and advertising payments in 2011.

Total company inventory decreased slightly year over year, primarily due to a decrease in international inventory. In addition to the changes discussed above, accounts payable and accrued liabilities also reflected a reduction in accounts payable from the timing and mix of purchases. Accounts receivable at the end of 2011 was higher in our domestic businesses, primarily attributable to higher vendor receivables from increased vendor-supported promotional activity, and increased customer receivables from a shift in the timing of sales.

Our operating activities generated cash of $88.1 million in 2010. Cash from operations in 2010 was net of $44.4 million of payments of loans on company-owned life insurance policies (“COLI policies”) as well as $72.4 million of increased working capital primarily from larger holdings of our international inventories and the timing of repayments and obligations.

Cash from operations in 2011 and 2010 included the impact of approximately $55 million and $58 million, respectively, of incentive compensation payments made associated with the achievement of incentive plan performance targets for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company accrued a minimal amount of incentive compensation in 2011, as performance targets were generally not achieved. Therefore, 2012 incentive compensation payments will be minimal.

 

28


Table of Contents

We sponsor noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain terminated employees, vested employees, retirees, and some active employees, primarily in Contract. Pension expense was $10.9 million, $7.3 million and $14.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, we made cash contributions to our pension plans totaling $3.3 million, $3.4 million and $6.8 million, respectively. In 2009, we also contributed 8.3 million shares of OfficeMax common stock to our qualified pension plans. The estimated minimum required funding contribution in 2012 is $28.5 million and the expense is projected to be $3.3 million compared to expense of $10.9 million in 2011. In addition, we may elect to make additional voluntary contributions. See “Critical Accounting Estimates” in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for more information.

Investing Activities

In 2011, capital spending of $69.6 million consisted of system improvements relating to our growth initiatives, overall software enhancements and infrastructure improvements, as well as spending on new stores in Mexico. In 2010, capital spending of $93.5 million consisted of technology enhancements including an upgrade to our financial systems platform and improvements in the telephony software and hardware used by our call centers. We also invested in leasehold improvements. This spending was partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets associated with closed facilities. Details of the capital investment by segment are included in the following table:

 

     Capital Investment  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (millions)  

Contract

   $ 26.0       $ 61.2       $ 18.0   

Retail

     35.8         32.3         20.3   

Corporate and Other

     7.8                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 69.6       $ 93.5       $ 38.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We expect our capital investments in 2012 to be approximately $100 million. Our capital spending in 2012 will be primarily for maintenance and investment in our systems, infrastructure and growth and profitability initiatives.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities used cash of $18.0 million in 2011, $28.5 million in 2010 and $60.6 million in 2009. Preferred dividend payments totaled $3.3 million in 2011, $2.7 million in 2010 and $3.1 million in 2009. No dividends were paid on our common stock in 2011, 2010 or 2009, as our quarterly cash dividend on our common stock was suspended in December 2008 due to the challenging economic environment and to conserve cash. We had net debt payments of $6.1 million, $22.5 million and $57.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Financing Arrangements

We lease our store space and certain other property and equipment under operating leases. These operating leases are not included in debt; however, they represent a significant commitment. Our obligations under operating leases are shown in the “Contractual Obligations” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Our debt structure consists of credit agreements, note agreements, and other borrowings as described below. For more information, see the “Contractual Obligations” and “Disclosures of Financial Market Risks” sections of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

Credit Agreements

On October 7, 2011, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “North American Credit Agreement”) with a group of banks. The North American Credit Agreement amended both our existing credit agreement that we are party to along with certain of our subsidiaries in the U.S. (the “U.S. Credit Agreement”) and our existing credit agreement to which our subsidiary in Canada is a party (the “Canadian Credit Agreement”) and consolidated them into a single credit agreement. The North American Credit Agreement permits us to borrow up to a maximum of $650 million, (U.S. dollars) of which $50 million is allocated to our Canadian subsidiary, and $600 million is allocated to the Company and its other participating U.S. subsidiaries, subject to a borrowing base calculation that limits availability to a percentage of eligible trade and credit card receivables plus a percentage of the value of eligible inventory less certain reserves. The North American Credit Agreement may be increased (up to a maximum of $850 million) at our request and the approval of the lenders participating in the increase, or may be reduced from time to time at our request, in each case according to the terms detailed in the North American Credit Agreement. Letters of credit, which may be issued under the North American Credit Agreement up to a maximum of $250 million, reduce available borrowing capacity. Stand-by letters of credit issued under the North American Credit Agreement totaled $51.9 million at the end of fiscal year 2011. At the end of fiscal year 2011, the maximum aggregate borrowing amount available under the North American Credit Agreement was $632.2 million and availability under the North American Credit Agreement totaled $580.3 million. At the end of fiscal year 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants under the North American Credit Agreement. The North American Credit Agreement expires on October 7, 2016 and allows the payment of dividends, subject to availability restrictions and if no default has occurred.

Borrowings under the U.S. Credit Agreement were subject to interest at rates based on either the prime rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Margins were applied to the applicable borrowing rates and letter of credit fees under the U.S. Credit Agreement depending on the level of average availability. Fees on letters of credit issued under the U.S. Credit Agreement were charged at a weighted average rate of 0.875%. The Company was also charged an unused line fee of 0.25% under the U.S. Credit Agreement on the amount by which the maximum available credit exceeded the average daily outstanding borrowings and letters of credit.

Borrowings under the North American Credit Agreement are subject to interest at rates based on either the prime rate, the federal funds rate, LIBOR or the Canadian Dealer Offered Rate. An additional percentage, which varies depending on the level of average borrowing availability, is added to the applicable rates. Fees on letters of credit issued under the North American Credit Agreement are charged at rates between 1.25% and 2.25% depending on the type of letter of credit (i.e., stand-by or commercial) and the level of average borrowing availability. The Company is also charged an unused line fee of between 0.375% and 0.5% on the amount by which the maximum available credit exceeds the average daily outstanding borrowings and letters of credit. The fees on letters of credit were 1.75% and the unused line fee was 0.5% at December 31, 2011.

On March 15, 2010, the Company’s five wholly-owned subsidiaries based in Australia and New Zealand entered into a Facility Agreement (the “Australia/New Zealand Credit Agreement”) with a financial institution based in those countries. The Australia/New Zealand Credit Agreement permits the subsidiaries in Australia and New Zealand to borrow up to a maximum of A$80 million subject to a borrowing base calculation that limits availability to a percentage of eligible accounts receivable plus a percentage of the value of certain owned properties, less certain reserves. There were no borrowings outstanding under the facility at the end of fiscal year 2011, and there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility during 2011 or 2010. The maximum aggregate borrowing amount available under the Australia/New Zealand Credit Agreement was $52.9 million (A$52.1 million) at the end of fiscal year 2011. At the end of fiscal year 2011, the subsidiaries in Australia and New Zealand were in compliance with all covenants under the Australia/New Zealand Credit Agreement. The Australia/New Zealand Credit Agreement expires on March 15, 2013.

In October 2004, we sold our timberland assets in exchange for $15 million in cash plus credit-enhanced timber installment notes in the amount of $1,635 million (the “Installment Notes”). The Installment Notes were

 

30


Table of Contents

issued by single-member limited liability companies formed by affiliates of Boise Cascade, L.L.C (the “Note Issuers”). In order to support the Installment Notes, the Note Issuers transferred $1,635 million in cash to Lehman and Wachovia Corporation (“Wachovia”) ($817.5 million to each of Lehman and Wachovia) who issued collateral notes to the Note Issuers and guaranteed the Installment Notes. In December 2004, we completed a securitization transaction in which the Company’s interests in the Installment Notes and related guarantees were transferred to wholly-owned bankruptcy remote subsidiaries. The subsidiaries pledged the Installment Notes and related guarantees and issued securitized notes (the “Securitization Notes”) in the amount of $1,470 million. Recourse on the Securitization Notes is limited to the proceeds from the applicable pledged Installment Notes and underlying Lehman or Wachovia guaranty. As a result, there is no recourse against OfficeMax, and the Securitization Notes have been reported as non-recourse debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

On September 15, 2008, Lehman filed for bankruptcy. Lehman’s bankruptcy filing constituted an event of default under the $817.5 million Installment Note guaranteed by Lehman (the “Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note”). We are required for accounting purposes to assess the carrying value of assets whenever circumstances indicate that a decline in value may have occurred. After evaluating the situation, we concluded in late October 2008 that as a result of the Lehman bankruptcy, it was probable that we would be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note. Accordingly, we evaluated the carrying value of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note and reduced it to the estimated amount we then expected to collect ($81.8 million) by recording a non-cash impairment charge of $735.8 million, pre-tax.

Measuring impairment of a loan requires judgment and estimates, and the eventual outcome may differ from our estimate by a material amount. The Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note has been pledged as collateral for the related Securitization Notes, and therefore it may not freely be transferred to any party other than the Indenture Trustee. Accordingly, the ultimate amount to be realized on the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note depends on the proceeds from the Lehman bankruptcy estate. Lehman’s disclosure statement on its Chapter 11 Plan (the “Disclosure Statement”) was confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on December 6, 2011. The Disclosure Statement provides a range of estimated recoveries for various classes of unsecured creditors of Lehman. Pursuant to a stipulation entered into on October 7, 2011 and approved by the bankruptcy court on December 14, 2011, the claim of the Securitization Note holders through the Note Issuers will be treated as a class 3 senior unsecured claim (estimated to recover at a rate of approximately 21.1% under the Chapter 11 Plan) rather than falling into any other class of guarantee claims (estimated to recover at a rate of approximately 11%-13% depending on the class under the Chapter 11 Plan). Due to this categorization, provisions of the stipulation that make certain funds unavailable to the claim that would otherwise be available to class 3 senior unsecured claimants, the status of the bankruptcy proceedings, and based on information in the Disclosure Statement, it appears that Securitization Note holders may recover at a potential rate within the range of 17% to 20%. However, uncertainties exist as to the actual recovery that will ultimately be received on the claim. The disposition of a related claim of the Securitization Note holders through us on the guaranty may result in an additional recovery and the funds available for claimants will depend on Lehman’s ongoing claims resolution process, the establishment of reserves for unresolved claims, and the value of the assets Lehman is able to liquidate. Due to these uncertainties and other factors, we have not increased our assumed recovery rate or the carrying value of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note. We expect that an initial distribution may be made on the Securitization Note holders’ claim as early as March 30, 2012. Further distributions are expected to occur over a several-year period. Going forward, we intend to adjust the carrying value of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note as further information regarding our share of the proceeds, if any, from the Lehman bankruptcy estate becomes available.

Recourse on the Securitization Notes is limited to the proceeds from the applicable pledged Installment Notes and underlying Lehman or Wachovia guaranty, and any proceeds we receive from the bankruptcy will be distributed to the Securitization Note holders. However, under current generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to continue to recognize the liability related to the Securitization Notes guaranteed by Lehman until such time as the liability has been extinguished. The liability will be extinguished when the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note and the related guaranty are transferred to and accepted by the Securitization Note

 

31


Table of Contents

holders. We expect that this will occur when the remaining guaranty claim of the Securitization Note holders in the bankruptcy is resolved and as the Lehman assets are in the process of distribution. Accordingly, we expect to recognize a non-cash gain equal to the difference between the carrying amount of the Securitization Notes guaranteed by Lehman ($735.0 million at December 31, 2011) and the carrying value of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note ($81.8 million at December 31, 2011) in a later period when the liability is legally extinguished. The actual gain to be recognized in the future will be measured based on the carrying amounts of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note and the Securitization Notes guaranteed by Lehman at the date of settlement.

Any discussion of the Lehman bankruptcy in this document is strictly based on factual observations from the bankruptcy cases and should not be interpreted as constituting legal analysis of or admission as to the ultimate allowances of our claim based on the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note or any Note Issuers’ claim based on Collateral Notes, or the interplay thereof.

At the time of the sale of our timberland assets in 2004, we generated a significant tax gain. As the timber installment notes structure allowed the Company to defer the resulting tax liability until 2020 ($529 million at December 31, 2011), the maturity date for the Installment Notes, we recognized a deferred tax liability related to this gain in connection with the sale. The recognition of the Lehman portion of the tax gain will be triggered when the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note and the related guaranty are transferred to and accepted by the Securitization Note holders . In estimating the cash taxes, we will consider our available alternative minimum tax credits, to reduce the net tax payments.

Through December 31, 2011, we have received all payments due under the Installment Notes guaranteed by Wachovia (the “Wachovia Guaranteed Installment Notes”), which have consisted only of interest due on the notes, and have made all payments due on the related Securitization Notes guaranteed by Wachovia, again consisting only of interest due. As all amounts due on the Wachovia Guaranteed Installment Notes are current, and we have no reason to believe that we will not collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the Wachovia Guaranteed Installment Notes, the notes are stated in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at their original principal amount of $817.5 million. Wachovia was acquired by Wells Fargo & Company in a stock transaction in 2008. An additional adverse impact on our financial results presentation could occur if Wells Fargo became unable to perform its obligations under the Wachovia Guaranteed Installment Notes, thereby resulting in a significant impairment impact.

The pledged Installment Notes and Securitization Notes are scheduled to mature in 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Securitization Notes have an initial term that is approximately three months shorter than the Installment Notes. We expect that if the Securitization Notes are still outstanding in 2019, we will refinance them with a short-term borrowing to bridge the period from initial maturity of the Securitization Notes to the maturity of the Installment Notes.

Other

We made capital contributions to Grupo OfficeMax, commensurate with our ownership percentage in the joint venture of $6.0 million in 2009. We made no capital contributions to Grupo OfficeMax during 2011 or 2010.

 

32


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

In the following table, we set forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011. Some of the figures included in this table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, the possibility of renewal, anticipated actions by third parties and other factors. Because these estimates and assumptions are necessarily subjective, the amounts we will actually pay in future periods may vary from those reflected in the table.

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     2012      2013-2014      2015-2016      Thereafter      Total  
     (millions)  

Recourse debt

   $ 38.9       $ 5.6       $ 20.2       $ 204.0       $ 268.7   

Interest payments on recourse debt

     16.3         29.0         27.9         111.9         185.1   

Non-recourse debt

                             1,470.0         1,470.0   

Interest payments on non-recourse debt

     39.8         79.7         79.7         119.5         318.7   

Operating leases

     343.0         530.6         314.8         232.6         1,421.0   

Purchase obligations

     35.7         9.1         2.1                 46.9   

Pension obligations (estimated payments)

     28.5         120.6         102.8         56.6         308.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 502.2       $ 774.6       $ 547.5       $ 2,194.6       $ 4,018.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt includes amounts owed on our note agreements, revenue bonds and credit agreements assuming the debt is held to maturity. The amounts above include both current and non-current liabilities. Not included in the table above are contingent payments for uncertain tax positions of $21.2 million. These amounts are not included due to our inability to predict the timing of settlement of these amounts. The “Expected Payments” table under the caption “Financial Instruments” in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For more information, see Note 10, “Debt,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this form 10-K.

There is no recourse against OfficeMax on the Securitization Notes as recourse is limited to proceeds from the applicable pledged Installment Notes receivable and underlying guarantees. The non-recourse debt remains outstanding until it is legally extinguished, which will be when the Installment Notes and related guaranties are transferred to and accepted by the securitized note holders. For the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note, we expect that this will occur when the remaining guaranty claim of the Securitization Note holders in the bankruptcy is resolved and as the Lehman assets are in the process of distribution. Interest payments on non-recourse debt will be completely offset by interest income received on the Installment Notes.

We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. We lease our retail store space as well as certain other property and equipment under operating leases. Some of our retail store leases require percentage rentals on sales above specified minimums and contain escalation clauses. The minimum lease payments shown in the table above do not include contingent rental expense. Some lease agreements provide us with the option to renew the lease or purchase the leased property. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we exercised these renewal options and if we entered into additional operating lease agreements. As a result of purchase accounting from the 2004 acquisition of the U.S. retail business, we recorded an asset relating to store leases with terms below market value and a liability for store leases with terms above market value. The asset will be amortized through 2027 while the liability will be amortized through 2012. Since the acquisition date, the net amortization of these items has reduced rent expense by approximately $7 million per year. Beginning in 2013, the amortization of the asset will result in additional rent expense of approximately $4 million per year. For more information, see Note 8, “Leases,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this Form 10-K. Lease obligations for closed facilities are included in operating leases and a liability equal to the fair value of these obligations is included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. For more information, see Note 2, “Facility Closure Reserves,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this Form 10-K.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 includes $393.3 million of long-term liabilities associated with our retirement and benefit and other compensation plans and $362.4 million of other long-term liabilities. Certain of these amounts have been excluded from the above table as either the amounts are fully or partially funded, or the timing and/or the amount of any cash payment is uncertain. Actuarially-determined liabilities related to pension and postretirement benefits are recorded based on estimates and assumptions. Key factors used in developing estimates of these liabilities include assumptions related to discount rates, rates of return on investments, future compensation costs, healthcare cost trends, benefit payment patterns and other factors. Changes in assumptions related to the measurement of funded status could have a material impact on the amount reported. Pension obligations in the table above represent the estimated, minimum contributions required per IRS funding rules.

In accordance with an amended and restated joint venture agreement, the minority owner of Grupo OfficeMax, our joint-venture in Mexico, can elect to require OfficeMax to purchase the minority owner’s 49% interest in the joint venture if certain earnings targets are achieved. Earnings targets are calculated quarterly on a rolling four-quarter basis. Accordingly, the targets may be achieved in one quarter but not in the next. If the earnings targets are achieved and the minority owner elects to require OfficeMax to purchase the minority owner’s interest, the purchase price is based on the joint venture’s earnings and the current market multiples of similar companies. At the end of 2011, Grupo OfficeMax met the earnings targets and the estimated purchase price of the minority owner’s interest was $27.6 million. The decrease in the estimated purchase price from the prior year is attributable to lower market multiples for similar companies as of the measurement date. As the estimated purchase price was less than the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest as of the end of the year, the Company reduced the noncontrolling interest to the carrying value, with the offset recorded to additional paid-in capital. There is no impairment relating to the assets of the joint venture as the estimated future cash flows support the overall carrying value of its assets.

In addition to the contractual obligations quantified in the table above, we have other obligations for goods and services entered into in the normal course of business. These contracts, however, are either not enforceable or legally binding or are subject to change based on our business decisions.

Off-Balance-Sheet Activities and Guarantees

Note 15, “Commitments and Guarantees,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this Form 10-K describes certain of our off-balance sheet arrangements as well as the nature of our guarantees, including the approximate terms of the guarantees, how the guarantees arose, the events or circumstances that would require us to perform under the guarantees and the maximum potential undiscounted amounts of future payments we could be required to make.

Seasonal Influences

Our business is seasonal, with Retail showing a more pronounced seasonal trend than Contract. Sales in the second quarter are historically the slowest of the year. Sales are stronger during the first, third and fourth quarters which include the important new-year office supply restocking month of January, the back-to-school period and the holiday selling season, respectively.

Disclosures of Financial Market Risks

Financial Instruments

Our debt is predominantly fixed-rate. At December 31, 2011, the estimated current fair value of our debt, based on quoted market prices when available or then-current interest rates for similar obligations with like maturities, including the timber notes, was approximately $557 million less than the amount of debt reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As previously discussed, there is no recourse against OfficeMax on the

 

34


Table of Contents

securitized timber notes payable as recourse is limited to proceeds from the applicable pledged Installment Notes receivable and underlying guarantees. The debt and receivables related to the timber notes have fixed interest rates and are reflected in the tables below, along with the carry amounts and estimated fair values.

The estimated fair values of our other financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents and receivables are the same as their carrying values. Concentration of credit risks with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the wide variety of vendors, customers and channels to and through which our products are sourced and sold, as well as their dispersion across many geographic areas. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we became aware of financial difficulties at one of our large Contract customers. We granted the customer extended payment terms and in exchange are requesting a security interest in their assets and are implementing creditor oversight provisions. The receivable from this customer was $27 million at December 31, 2011, and substantially all of that balance has been collected to date. Based on our ongoing sales to this customer, we continue to carry similar receivable balances, which we monitor closely.

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates expose us to financial market risk. We occasionally use derivative financial instruments, such as forward exchange contracts, to manage our exposure associated with commercial transactions and certain liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the currency of the operating unit entering into the underlying transaction. We generally do not enter into derivative instruments for any other purpose. We do not speculate using derivative instruments.

During 2011, we entered into forward contracts in order to hedge our foreign currency exchange rate exposure related to purchases of paper by our Canadian subsidiary in accordance with a paper supply contract with Boise White Paper, L.L.C. (“Boise Paper”). Under the paper supply contract, our subsidiary is obligated to purchase virtually of all its requirements for office paper from Boise Paper or its successor until December 2012, at prices approximating market levels. In accordance with the paper supply contract, the purchase price in Canadian dollars is indexed to the U.S. dollar up until the first business day of the month in which the purchase is made. These forward contracts qualify as foreign currency cash flow hedges. The Company has determined the hedges to be effective but does not anticipate entering any new transactions. The fair value associated with these hedges is not material to our financial statements.

We were not a party to any material derivative financial instruments in 2011 or 2010.

 

35


Table of Contents

The following tables provide information about our financial instruments outstanding at December 31, 2011 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For obligations with variable interest rates, the table sets forth payout amounts based on rates as of December 31, 2011 and does not attempt to project future rates. The following table does not include our obligations for pension plans and other post retirement benefits, although market risk also arises within our defined benefit pension plans to the extent that the obligations of the pension plans are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows. We sponsor noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain terminated employees, vested employees, retirees, and some active OfficeMax employees. As our plans were frozen in 2003, our active employees and all inactive participants who are covered by the plans are no longer accruing additional benefits. However, the pension plan obligations are still subject to change due to fluctuations in long-term interest rates as well as factors impacting actuarial valuations, such as retirement rates and pension plan participants’ increased life expectancies. In addition to changes in pension plan obligations, the amount of plan assets available to pay benefits, contribution levels and expense are also impacted by the return on the pension plan assets. The pension plan assets include OfficeMax common stock, U.S. equities, international equities, global equities and fixed-income securities, the cash flows of which change as equity prices and interest rates vary. The risk is that market movements in equity prices and interest rates could result in assets that are insufficient over time to cover the level of projected obligations. This in turn could result in significant changes in pension expense and funded status, further impacting future required contributions. Management, together with the trustees who act on behalf of the pension plan beneficiaries, assess the level of this risk using reports prepared by independent external actuaries and take action, where appropriate, in terms of setting investment strategy and agreed contribution levels.

 

     Expected Payments  
     (millions)  
     2012     2013     2014     2015     2016     Thereafter     Total  

Recourse debt:

              

Fixed-rate debt payments

   $ 35.4      $ 0.4      $ 0.2      $ 0.1      $ 20.1      $ 204.0      $ 260.2   

Weighted average interest rates

     7.9     7.2     5.4     3.8     7.3     6.3     6.6

Variable-rate debt payments

   $ 3.5      $ 3.5      $ 1.5      $      $      $      $ 8.5   

Weighted average interest rates

     7.3     7.3     7.9           7.4

Non-recourse debt:

              

Securitization Notes

              

Wachovia(a)

   $      $      $      $      $      $ 735.0      $ 735.0   

Average interest rates

               5.4     5.4

Lehman(a)

   $      $      $      $      $      $ 735.0      $ 735.0   

Average interest rates

               5.5     5.5

 

(a) There is no recourse against OfficeMax on the Securitization Notes as recourse is limited to proceeds from the applicable pledged Installment Notes receivable and underlying guarantees. The debt remains outstanding until it is legally extinguished, which will be when the Installment Note and guaranty are transferred to and accepted by the securitized note holders.

 

     2011      2010  
     Carrying
amount
     Fair
value
     Carrying
amount
     Fair
value
 
     (millions)  

Financial assets:

           

Timber notes receivable

           

Wachovia

   $ 817.5       $ 943.7       $ 817.5       $ 888.3   

Lehman

     81.8         81.8         81.8         81.8   

Financial liabilities:

           

Recourse debt

   $ 268.2       $ 240.8       $ 275.0       $ 255.5   

Non-recourse debt

           

Wachovia

   $ 735.0       $ 858.8       $ 735.0       $ 811.1   

Lehman

     735.0         81.8         735.0         81.8   

 

36


Table of Contents

Asset Impairments

We are required for accounting purposes to assess the carrying value of other intangible assets annually or whenever circumstances indicate that a decline in value may have occurred. No impairment was recorded related to other intangible assets in 2011, 2010 or 2009.

For other long lived assets, we are also required to assess the carrying value when circumstances indicate that a decline in value may have occurred. Based on the operating performance of certain of our Retail stores due to the macroeconomic factors and market specific change in expected demographics, we determined that there were indicators of potential impairment relating to our Retail stores in 2011, 2010 and 2009. Therefore, we performed the required impairment tests and recorded non-cash charges of $11.2, $11.0 and $17.6 million, respectively, to impair long-lived assets pertaining to certain Retail stores.

Facility Closure Reserves

We conduct regular reviews of our real estate portfolio to identify underperforming facilities, and close those facilities that are no longer strategically or economically beneficial. We record a liability for the cost associated with a facility closure at its estimated fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred, primarily the location’s cease-use date. Upon closure, unrecoverable costs are included in facility closure reserves and include provisions for the present value of future lease obligations, less contractual or estimated sublease income. Accretion expense is recognized over the life of the payments.

During 2011 we recorded charges of $5.6 million in our Retail segment related to the closing of six underperforming domestic stores prior to the end of their lease term, of which $5.4 million was related to the lease liability and $0.2 million was related to asset impairments. In 2010, we recorded charges of $13.1 million in our Retail segment related to facility closures, of which $11.7 million was related to the lease liability and other costs associated with closing eight domestic stores prior to the end of their lease terms, and $1.4 million was related to other items. In 2009, we recorded charges of $31.2 million related to the closing of 21 underperforming stores prior to the end of their lease terms, of which 16 were in the U.S. and five were in Mexico.

At December 31, 2011, the facility closure reserve was $49.1 million with $10.6 million included in current liabilities, and $38.5 million included in long-term liabilities. The vast majority of the reserve represents future lease obligations of $102.0 million, net of anticipated sublease income of approximately $52.9 million. Cash payments relating to the facility closures were $22.3 million in both 2011 and 2010 and $24.6 million in 2009. We anticipate future annual payments to be similar in amount.

In addition, we were the lessee of a legacy, building materials manufacturing facility near Elma, Washington until the end of 2010. During 2006, we ceased operations at the facility, fully impaired the assets and recorded a reserve, which is separate from the facility closure reserve above, for the related lease payments and other contract termination and closure costs. During 2010, we sold the facility’s equipment and terminated the lease. As a result, we recorded pre-tax income of approximately $9.4 million to adjust the associated reserve. This income is reported in other operating expense, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Environmental

As an owner and operator of real estate, we may be liable under environmental laws for the cleanup of past and present spills and releases of hazardous or toxic substances on or from our properties and operations. We can be found liable under these laws if we knew of, or were responsible for, the presence of such substances. In some cases, this liability may exceed the value of the property itself.

Environmental liabilities that relate to the operation of the paper and forest products businesses and timberland assets prior to the closing of the sale of our paper, forest products and timberland assets in 2004 continue to be our liabilities. We have been notified that we are a “potentially responsible party” under the

 

37


Table of Contents

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) or similar federal and state laws, or have received a claim from a private party, with respect to certain sites where hazardous substances or other contaminants are or may be located. These sites relate to operations either no longer owned by the Company or unrelated to its ongoing operations. For sites where a range of potential liability can be determined, we have established appropriate reserves. We cannot predict with certainty the total response and remedial costs, our share of the total costs, the extent to which contributions will be available from other parties, or the amount of time necessary to complete the cleanups. Based on our investigations; our experience with respect to cleanup of hazardous substances; the fact that expenditures will, in many cases, be incurred over extended periods of time; and in some cases the number of solvent potentially responsible parties, we do not believe that the known actual and potential response costs will, in the aggregate, materially affect our financial position, our results of operations or our cash flows.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Securities and Exchange Commission defines critical accounting estimates as those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results. These estimates require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to estimate matters that are inherently uncertain. The accounting estimates that we currently consider critical are as follows:

Vendor Rebates and Allowances

We participate in volume purchase rebate programs, some of which provide for tiered rebates based on defined levels of purchase volume. We also participate in programs that enable us to receive additional vendor subsidies by promoting the sale of vendor products. Vendor rebates and allowances are accrued as earned. Rebates and allowances received as a result of attaining defined purchase levels are accrued over the incentive period based on the terms of the vendor arrangement and estimates of qualifying purchases during the rebate program period. These estimates are reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted for changes in anticipated product sales and expected purchase levels. Vendor rebates and allowances earned are recorded as a reduction in the cost of merchandise inventories and are included in operations (as a reduction of cost of goods sold) in the period the related product is sold.

Amounts owed to us under these arrangements are subject to credit risk. In addition, the terms of the contracts covering these programs can be complex and subject to interpretations, which can potentially result in disputes. We provide an allowance for uncollectible accounts and to cover disputes in the event that our interpretation of the contract terms differ from our vendors’ and our vendors seek to recover some of the consideration from us. These allowances are based on the current financial condition of our vendors, specific information regarding disputes and historical experience. If we used different assumptions to estimate the amount of vendor receivables that will not be collected due to either credit default or a dispute regarding the amounts owed, our calculated allowance would be different and the difference could be material. In addition, if actual losses are different than those estimated, adjustments to the recorded allowance may be required.

Merchandise Inventories

Inventories consist of office products merchandise and are stated at the lower of weighted average cost or net realizable value. We estimate the realizable value of inventory using assumptions about future demand, market conditions and product obsolescence. If the estimated realizable value is less than cost, the inventory value is reduced to its estimated realizable value. If expectations regarding future demand and market conditions are inaccurate or unexpected changes in technology or other factors affect demand, we could be exposed to additional losses.

Throughout the year, we perform physical inventory counts at a significant number of our locations. For periods subsequent to each location’s last physical inventory count, an allowance for estimated shrinkage is

 

38


Table of Contents

provided based on historical shrinkage results and current business trends. If actual losses as a result of inventory shrinkage are different than management’s estimates, adjustments to the allowance for inventory shrinkage may be required.

Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits

The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain terminated employees, vested employees, retirees, and some active employees, primarily in Contract. The Company also sponsors various retiree medical benefit plans. At December 31, 2011, the funded status of our defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans was a liability of $351.8 million. Changes in assumptions related to the measurement of funded status could have a material impact on the amount reported. We are required to calculate our pension expense and liabilities using actuarial assumptions, including a discount rate assumption and a long-term asset return assumption. We base our discount rate assumption on the rates of return for a theoretical portfolio of high-grade corporate bonds (rated Aa1 or better) with cash flows that generally match our expected benefit payments in future years. We base our long-term asset return assumption on the average rate of earnings expected on invested funds. We believe that the accounting estimate related to pensions is a critical accounting estimate because it is highly susceptible to change from period to period, based on the performance of plan assets, actuarial valuations and changes in interest rates, and the effect on our financial position and results of operations could be material.

For 2012, our discount rate assumption used in the measurement of our net periodic benefit cost is 4.93%, and our expected return on plan assets is 8.2%. Using these assumptions, our 2012 pension expense will be approximately $3.3 million. If we were to decrease our estimated discount rate assumption used in the measurement of our net periodic benefit cost to 4.68% and our expected return on plan assets to 7.95%, our 2012 pension expense would be approximately $5.7 million. If we were to increase our discount rate assumption used in the measurement of our net periodic benefit cost to 5.18% and our expected return on plan assets to 8.45%, our 2012 pension expense would be approximately $0.8 million.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company is subject to tax audits in numerous jurisdictions in the U.S. and around the world. Tax audits by their very nature are often complex and can require several years to complete. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to challenges from the IRS and other tax authorities regarding amounts of taxes due. These challenges may alter the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions, or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. We recognize the benefits of tax positions that are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit based on the technical merits of the tax position in the consolidated financial statements; positions that do not meet this threshold are not recognized. For tax positions that are at least more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, the largest amount of the benefit that is more likely than not of being sustained is recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary

 

39


Table of Contents

differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making the assessment of whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Significant judgment is required in determining our uncertain tax positions. We have established accruals for uncertain tax positions using management’s best judgment and adjust these liabilities as warranted by changing facts and circumstances. A change in our uncertain tax positions, in any given period, could have a significant impact on our results of operations and cash flows for that period.

The determination of the Company’s provision for income taxes requires significant judgment, the use of estimates, and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. Significant judgment is also required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items.

Facility Closure Reserves

The Company conducts regular reviews of its real estate portfolio to identify underperforming facilities, and closes those facilities that are no longer strategically or economically beneficial. A liability for the cost associated with such a closure is recorded at its fair value in the period in which it is incurred, primarily the location’s cease-use date. These costs are included in facility closure reserves and include provisions for the present value of future lease obligations, less contractual or estimated sublease income. At December 31, 2011, the vast majority of the reserve represents future lease obligations of $102.0 million, net of anticipated sublease income of approximately $52.9 million. For each closed location, we estimate future sublease income based on current real estate trends by market and location-specific factors, including the age and quality of the location, as well as our historical experience with similar locations. If we had used different assumptions to estimate future sublease income our reserves would be different and the difference could be material. In addition, if actual sublease income is different than our estimates, adjustments to the recorded reserves may be required.

Environmental and Asbestos Reserves

Environmental and asbestos liabilities that relate to the operation of the paper and forest products businesses and timberland assets prior to the sale of the paper, forest products and timberland assets continue to be liabilities of OfficeMax. We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations. We estimate our environmental liabilities based on various assumptions and judgments, as we cannot predict with certainty the total response and remedial costs, our share of total costs, the extent to which contributions will be available from other parties or the amount of time necessary to complete any remediation. In making these judgments and assumptions, we consider, among other things, the activity to date at particular sites, information obtained through consultation with applicable regulatory authorities and third-party consultants and contractors and our historical experience at other sites that are judged to be comparable. Due to the number of uncertainties and variables associated with these assumptions and judgments and the effects of changes in governmental regulation and environmental technologies, the precision of the resulting estimates of the related liabilities is subject to uncertainty. We regularly monitor our estimated exposure to our environmental and asbestos liabilities. As additional information becomes known, our estimates may change.

Indefinite-Lived Intangibles and Other Long-Lived Assets Impairment

Generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) require us to assess intangible assets for impairment at least annually in the absence of an indicator of possible impairment and immediately upon an indicator of possible impairment. In assessing impairment, we are required to make estimates of the fair values of the assets. If we determine the fair values are less than the carrying amount recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, we must recognize an impairment loss in our financial statements. We are also required to assess our long-lived assets for impairment whenever an indicator of possible impairment exists. In assessing impairment, the statement requires us to make estimates of the fair values of the assets. If we determine the fair values are less than the carrying values of the assets, we must recognize an impairment loss in our financial statements.

 

40


Table of Contents

The measurement of impairment of indefinite life intangibles and other long-lived assets includes estimates and assumptions which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties. In testing for impairment, we measure the estimated fair value of our reporting units, intangibles and fixed assets based upon discounted future operating cash flows using a discount rate reflecting a market-based, weighted average cost of capital. In estimating future cash flows, we use our internal budgets and operating plans, which include many assumptions about future growth prospects, margin rates, and cost factors. Differences in assumptions used in projecting future operating cash flows and in selecting an appropriate discount rate could have a significant impact on the determination of fair value and impairment amounts.

Recently Issued or Newly Adopted Accounting Standards

In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance which establishes disclosure requirements for other comprehensive income. The guidance requires the reporting of components of other comprehensive income and components of net income together as components of total comprehensive income, and is effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance requires retrospective application and earlier application is permitted. The adoption of this guidance affects the presentation of certain elements of the Company’s financial statements, but these changes in presentation will not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Information concerning quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk is included under the caption “Disclosures of Financial Market Risks” in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

41


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

OfficeMax Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 
     (thousands, except per-share amounts)  

Sales

   $ 7,121,167      $ 7,150,007      $ 7,212,050   

Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs

     5,311,987        5,300,355        5,474,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,809,180        1,849,652        1,737,598   

Operating expenses

      

Operating, selling, and general and administrative expenses

     1,690,967        1,689,130        1,674,711   

Asset impairments

     11,197        10,979        17,612   

Other operating expenses, net

     20,530        3,077        49,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     86,486        146,466        (3,988

Interest expense

     (73,136     (73,333     (76,363

Interest income

     44,000        42,635        47,270   

Other income (expense), net

     287        (32     2,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax income (loss)

     57,637        115,736        (30,333

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (19,517     (41,872     28,758   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to OfficeMax and noncontrolling interest

     38,120        73,864        (1,575

Joint venture results attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (3,226     (2,709     2,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to OfficeMax

   $ 34,894      $ 71,155      $ 667   

Preferred dividends

     (2,123     (2,527     (2,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to OfficeMax common shareholders

   $ 32,771      $ 68,628      $ (2,151
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share

      

Basic

   $ 0.38      $ 0.81      $ (0.03

Diluted

   $ 0.38      $ 0.79      $ (0.03

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

42


Table of Contents

OfficeMax Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
 
     (thousands)  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 427,111      $ 462,326   

Receivables, net

     558,635        546,885   

Inventories

     821,999        846,463   

Deferred income taxes and receivables

     63,382        99,613   

Other current assets

     67,847        58,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,938,974        2,014,286   

Property and equipment:

    

Land and land improvements

     40,245        41,317   

Buildings and improvements

     484,900        487,160   

Machinery and equipment

     783,492        818,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     1,308,637        1,346,558   

Accumulated depreciation

     (943,701     (949,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net property and equipment

     364,936        397,289   

Intangible assets, net

     81,520        83,231   

Investment in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C.

     175,000        175,000   

Timber notes receivable

     899,250        899,250   

Deferred income taxes

     370,439        284,529   

Other non-current assets

     239,156        225,344   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,069,275      $ 4,078,929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

43


Table of Contents

OfficeMax Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
 
     (thousands, except share and
per-share amounts)
 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of debt

   $ 38,867      $ 4,560   

Accounts payable

     654,918        686,106   

Income tax payable

     9,553        11,055   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

    

Compensation and benefits

     101,516        145,911   

Other

     208,447        196,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,013,301        1,044,474   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     229,323        270,435   

Non-recourse debt

     1,470,000        1,470,000   

Other long-term items:

    

Compensation and benefits obligations

     393,293        250,756   

Deferred gain on sale of assets

     179,757        179,757   

Other long-term liabilities

     182,685        213,496   

Noncontrolling interest in joint venture

     31,923        49,246   

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock—no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; Series D ESOP: $.01 stated value; 638,353 and 686,696 shares outstanding

     28,726        30,901   

Common stock—$2.50 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 86,158,662 and 85,057,710 shares outstanding

     215,397        212,644   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,015,374        986,579   

Accumulated deficit

     (500,843     (533,606

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (189,661     (95,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total OfficeMax shareholders’ equity

     568,993        600,765   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,069,275      $ 4,078,929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

44


Table of Contents

OfficeMax Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 
     (thousands)  

Cash provided by operations:

      

Net income (loss) attributable to OfficeMax and noncontrolling interest

   $ 38,120      $ 73,864      $ (1,575

Non-cash items in net income (loss):

      

Dividend income from investment in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C.

     (7,846     (7,254     (6,707

Depreciation and amortization

     84,218        100,936        116,417   

Non-cash impairment charges

     11,197        10,979        17,612   

Non-cash deferred taxes on impairment charges

     (4,355     (4,271     (6,484

Pension and other postretirement benefits expense

     8,328        4,965        11,537   

Other

     19,296        2,530        9,131   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Receivables

     (14,674     6,678        26,334   

Inventories

     17,269        (27,606     164,027   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (54,873     (51,515     (56,471

Current and deferred income taxes

     10,349        51,169        48,752   

Borrowings (payments) of loans on company-owned life insurance policies

            (44,442     45,668   

Other

     (53,350     (27,896     (9,297
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operations

     53,679        88,137        358,944   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used for) investment:

      

Expenditures for property and equipment

     (69,632     (93,511     (38,277

Distribution from escrow account

                   25,142   

Withdrawal from company-owned life insurance policies

                   14,977   

Proceeds from sales of assets, net

     259        6,173        980   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used for) investment

     (69,373     (87,338     2,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used for financing:

      

Cash dividends paid - preferred stock

     (3,286     (2,698     (3,089

Payments of short-term debt, net

     20        (654     (11,035

Payments of long-term debt

     (6,136     (21,858     (52,936

Borrowings of long-term debt

                   6,255   

Purchase of preferred stock

     (2,125     (5,233     (6,079

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     1,949        1,961          

Payments related to other share-based compensation

     (4,854            (990

Other

     (3,520     13        7,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used for financing

     (17,952     (28,469     (60,558
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (1,569     3,426        14,583   

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (35,215     (24,244     315,791   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the year

     462,326        486,570        170,779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

   $ 427,111      $ 462,326      $ 486,570   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

45


Table of Contents

OfficeMax Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Equity

 

          For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009  

Common
Shares
Outstanding

   

 

  Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
    Total
OfficeMax
Share-
holders’
Equity
        Non-
controlling
Interest
 
                      (thousands, except per share)            
  75,977,152     

Balance at December 27, 2008

  $ 42,565      $ 189,943      $ 925,328      $ (600,095   $ (267,738   $ 290,003        $ 21,871   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
 

Comprehensive income (loss):

               
 

Net income (loss)

                         667               667          (2,242
 

Other comprehensive income:

               
 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment

            47,477        47,477          1,157   
 

Pension and postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax

            87,746        87,746            
           

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
 

Other comprehensive income

            135,223        135,223          1,157   
           

 

 

       
 

Comprehensive income (loss)

            $ 135,890        $ (1,085
             

 

 

     

 

 

 
 

Preferred stock dividend declared

                         (2,818            (2,818         
  313,517     

Restricted stock unit activity

           784        5,353                      6,137            
  8,331,722     

Stock contribution to pension plan

           20,829        61,321                      82,150            
  2,335     

Other

    (6,086     6        (2,090     4               (8,166       7,273   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
  84,624,726     

Balance at December 26, 2009

  $ 36,479      $ 211,562      $ 989,912      $ (602,242   $ (132,515   $ 503,196        $ 28,059   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
 

Comprehensive income:

               
 

Net income

                         71,155               71,155          2,709   
 

Other comprehensive income:

               
 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment

            21,290        21,290          786   
 

Pension and postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax

            16,356        16,356            
 

Unrealized hedge loss, net of tax

            (884     (884         
           

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
 

Other comprehensive income

            36,762        36,762          786   
           

 

 

       
 

Comprehensive income

            $ 107,917        $ 3,495   
             

 

 

     

 

 

 
 

Preferred stock dividend declared

                         (2,527       (2,527         
  950     

Restricted stock unit activity

                  7,972                      7,972            
 

Non-controlling interest fair value adjustment

                  (17,763                   (17,763       17,763   
  408,519     

Stock options exercised

           1,021        940                      1,961            
  23,515     

Other

    (5,578     61        5,518        8               9          (71

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
  85,057,710     

Balance at December 25, 2010

  $ 30,901      $ 212,644      $ 986,579      $ (533,606   $ (95,753   $ 600,765        $ 49,246   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
 

Comprehensive income:

               
 

Net income

                         34,894               34,894          3,226   
 

Other comprehensive income:

               
 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment

            (6,195     (6,195       (2,754
 

Pension and postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax

            (88,754     (88,754         
 

Unrealized hedge loss, net of tax

            1,041        1,041            
           

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
 

Other comprehensive loss

            (93,908     (93,908       (2,754
           

 

 

       
 

Comprehensive income (loss)

            $ (59,014     $ 472   
             

 

 

     

 

 

 
 

Preferred stock dividend declared

                         (2,123            (2,123         
  685,373     

Restricted stock unit activity

           1,711        3,908                      5,619            
 

Non-controlling interest fair value adjustment

                  17,763                      17,763          (17,763
  405,988     

Stock options exercised

           1,015        934                      1,949            
  9,591     

Other

    (2,175     27        6,190        (8            4,034          (32

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
  86,158,662     

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 28,726      $ 215,397      $ 1,015,374      $ (500,843   $ (189,661   $ 568,993        $ 31,923   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

46


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

OfficeMax Incorporated (“OfficeMax,” the “Company” or “we”) is a leader in both business-to-business and retail office products distribution. The Company provides office supplies and paper, print and document services, technology products and solutions and office furniture to large, medium and small businesses, government offices and consumers. OfficeMax customers are served by approximately 29,000 associates through direct sales, catalogs, the Internet and a network of retail stores located throughout the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and Mexico. The Company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol OMX. The Company’s corporate headquarters is located in Naperville, Illinois, and the OfficeMax website address is www.officemax.com.

The Company manages its business using three reportable segments: OfficeMax, Contract (“Contract segment” or “Contract”); OfficeMax, Retail (“Retail segment” or “Retail”); and Corporate and Other. The Contract segment markets and sells office supplies and paper, technology products and solutions, office furniture and print and document services directly to large corporate and government offices, as well as to small and medium-sized offices through field salespeople, outbound telesales, catalogs, the Internet and, primarily in foreign markets, through office products stores. The Retail segment markets and sells office supplies and paper, print and document services, technology products and solutions and office furniture to small and medium-sized businesses and consumers through a network of retail stores. Management reviews the performance of the Company based on these segments. We present information pertaining to our segments in Note 14, “Segment Information”.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OfficeMax and all majority owned subsidiaries, except our 88%-owned subsidiary that formerly owned assets in Cuba that were confiscated by the Cuban government in the 1960’s which is accounted for as an investment due to various asset restrictions. We also consolidate the variable interest entities in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year-end is the last Saturday in December. Due primarily to statutory requirements, the Company’s international businesses maintain calendar years with December 31 year-ends, with our majority-owned joint venture in Mexico reporting one month in arrears. Fiscal year 2011 ended on December 31, 2011, fiscal year 2010 ended on December 25, 2010, and fiscal year 2009 ended on December 26, 2009. Fiscal year 2011 included 53 weeks for our U.S. businesses. Fiscal years 2010 and 2009 included 52 weeks for our U.S. businesses.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results are likely to differ from those estimates, but management does not believe such differences will materially affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the recognition of vendor rebates and allowances; the carrying amount of intangibles and long lived assets; inventories; income tax assets and liabilities; facility closure reserves; self insurance; environmental and asbestos liabilities; and assets and obligations related to employee benefits including the pension plans.

 

47


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Translation

Local currencies are considered the functional currencies for the Company’s operations outside the United States. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date with the related translation adjustments reported in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at average monthly exchange rates prevailing during the year. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses related to assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the periods they occur.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from the sale of products is recognized at the time both title and the risk of ownership are transferred to the customer, which generally occurs upon delivery to the customer or third-party delivery service for contract, catalog and Internet sales, and at the point of sale for retail transactions. Service revenue is recognized as the services are rendered. Revenue is reported less an appropriate provision for returns and net of coupons, rebates and other sales incentives. The Company offers rebate programs to some of its Contract customers. Customer rebates are recorded as a reduction in sales and are accrued as earned by the customer.

Revenue from the sale of extended warranty contracts is reported on a commission basis at the time of sale, except in a limited number of states where state law specifies the Company as the legal obligor. In such states, the revenue from the sale of extended warranty contracts is recorded at the gross amount and recognized ratably over the contract period. The performance obligations and risk of loss associated with extended warranty contracts sold by the Company are assumed by an unrelated third party. Costs associated with these contracts are recognized in the same period as the related revenue.

Fees for shipping and handling charged to customers in connection with sale transactions are included in sales. Costs related to shipping and handling are included in cost of goods sold and occupancy costs. Taxes collected from customers are accounted for on a net basis and are excluded from sales.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include short-term debt instruments that have an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. The Company’s banking arrangements allow the Company to fund outstanding checks when presented to the financial institution for payment. This cash management practice frequently results in a net cash overdraft position for accounting purposes, which occurs when total issued checks exceed available cash balances at a single financial institution. The Company records its outstanding checks and the net change in overdrafts in the accounts payable and the accounts payable and accrued liabilities line items within the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable relate primarily to amounts owed by customers for trade sales of products and services and amounts due from vendors under volume purchase rebate, cooperative advertising and various other marketing programs. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded to provide for estimated losses resulting from uncollectible accounts, and is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable. Management believes that the Company’s exposure to credit risk associated with accounts receivable is limited due to the size and diversity of its customer and vendor base, which extends across many different industries and geographic regions. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we became aware of financial difficulties at one of our large Contract customers. We granted the customer extended payment terms and in exchange are requesting a security interest in their assets and are implementing creditor oversight provisions. The receivable from this customer was $27 million at December 31, 2011, and substantially all of that balance has been collected to date. Based on our ongoing sales to this customer, we continue to carry similar receivable balances, which we monitor closely.

 

48


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had allowances for doubtful accounts of $3.9 million and $6.5 million, respectively.

Vendor Rebates and Allowances

We participate in volume purchase rebate programs, some of which provide for tiered rebates based on defined levels of purchase volume. We also participate in programs that enable us to receive additional vendor subsidies by promoting the sale of vendor products. Vendor rebates and allowances are accrued as earned. Rebates and allowances received as a result of attaining defined purchase levels are accrued over the incentive period based on the terms of the vendor arrangement and estimates of qualifying purchases during the rebate program period. These estimates are reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted for changes in anticipated product sales and expected purchase levels. Vendor rebates and allowances earned are recorded as a reduction in the cost of merchandise inventories and are included in operations (as a reduction of cost of goods sold) in the period the related product is sold.

Merchandise Inventories

Inventories consist of office products merchandise and are stated at the lower of weighted average cost or net realizable value. The Company estimates the realizable value of inventory using assumptions about future demand, market conditions and product obsolescence. If the estimated realizable value is less than cost, the inventory value is reduced to its estimated realizable value.

Throughout the year, the Company performs physical inventory counts at a significant number of our locations. For periods subsequent to each location’s last physical inventory count, an allowance for estimated shrinkage is provided based on historical shrinkage results and current business trends.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. The Company calculates depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the terms of the related leases. The estimated useful lives of depreciable assets are generally as follows: building and improvements, three to 40 years; machinery and equipment, which also includes delivery trucks, furniture and office and computer equipment, three to 15 years. Leasehold improvements are reported as building and improvements and are amortized over the lesser of the term of the lease, including any option periods that management believes are probable of exercise, or the estimated lives of the improvements, which generally range from two to 20 years.

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

Long-lived assets, such as property, leasehold improvements, equipment, capitalized software costs and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, which is estimated based on discounted cash flows. In 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Company determined that there were indicators of impairment, completed tests for impairment and recorded impairment of store assets. See Note 5, “Intangible Assets and Other Long-lived Assets,” for further discussion regarding impairment of long-lived assets.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets represent the values assigned to trade names, customer lists and relationships, noncompete agreements and exclusive distribution rights of businesses acquired. Trade name assets have an indefinite life and

 

49


Table of Contents

are not amortized. All other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, which range from three to 20 years. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset might be impaired, using a fair-value-based approach. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. No impairment was recorded related to intangible assets in 2011, 2010, or 2009.

Investment in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C.

Investments in affiliated companies are accounted for under the cost method if the Company does not exercise significant influence over the affiliated company. At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company held an investment in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. (“Boise Investment”) which is accounted for under the cost method. See Note 9, “Investments in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C.,” for additional information related to the Company’s investments in affiliates.

Capitalized Software Costs

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the acquisition and development of internal use software that is expected to benefit future periods. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the expected life of the software, which is typically three to seven years. Other non-current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets include unamortized capitalized software costs of $32.5 million and $32.4 million at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software costs totaled $10.5 million, $17.5 million and $17.2 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Software development costs that do not meet the criteria for capitalization are expensed as incurred.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain terminated employees, vested employees, retirees and some active employees, primarily in Contract. The Company also sponsors various retiree medical benefit plans. The type of retiree medical benefits and the extent of coverage vary based on employee classification, date of retirement, location, and other factors. The Company explicitly reserves the right to amend or terminate its retiree medical plans at any time, subject only to constraints, if any, imposed by the terms of collective bargaining agreements. Amendment or termination may significantly affect the amount of expense incurred.

The Company recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit pension, retiree healthcare and other postretirement plans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with changes in the funded status recognized through accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, in the year in which the changes occur. Actuarially-determined liabilities related to pension and postretirement benefits are recorded based on estimates and assumptions. Key factors used in developing estimates of these liabilities include assumptions related to discount rates, rates of return on investments, future compensation costs, healthcare cost trends, benefit payment patterns and other factors.

The Company measures changes in the funded status of its plans using actuarial models. Since the majority of participants in the plans are inactive, the actuarial models use an attribution approach that generally spreads recognition of the effects of individual events over the life expectancy of the participants. Net pension and postretirement benefit income or expense is also determined using assumptions which include discount rates and expected long-term rates of return on plan assets. The Company bases the discount rate assumption on the rates of return for a theoretical portfolio of high-grade corporate bonds (rated Aa1 or better) with cash flows that generally match our expected benefit payments in future years. The long-term asset return assumption is based on the average rate of earnings expected on invested funds, and considers several factors including the asset allocation, actual historical rates of return, expected rates of return and external data.

 

50


Table of Contents

The Company’s policy is to fund its pension plans based upon actuarial recommendations and in accordance with applicable laws and income tax regulations. Pension benefits are primarily paid through trusts funded by the Company. All of the Company’s postretirement medical plans are unfunded. The Company pays postretirement benefits directly to the participants.

See Note 12, “Retirement and Benefit Plans,” for additional information related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefits.

Facility Closure Reserves

The Company conducts regular reviews of its real estate portfolio to identify underperforming facilities, and closes those facilities that are no longer strategically or economically beneficial. The Company records a liability for the cost associated with a facility closure at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred, primarily the location’s cease-use date. Upon closure, unrecoverable costs are included in facility closure reserves and include provisions for the present value of future lease obligations, less contractual or estimated sublease income. Accretion expense is recognized over the life of the payments. See Note 2, “Facility Closure Reserves,” for additional information related to the Company’s facility closure reserves.

Environmental and Asbestos Matters

Environmental and asbestos liabilities that relate to the operation of the paper and forest products businesses and timberland assets prior to the sale of the paper, forest products and timberland assets continue to be liabilities of OfficeMax. The Company accrues for losses associated with these types of obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimated.

Self-insurance

The Company is self-insured for certain losses related to workers’ compensation and medical claims as well as general and auto liability. The expected ultimate cost for claims incurred is recognized as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The expected ultimate cost of claims incurred is estimated based principally on an analysis of historical claims data and estimates of claims incurred but not reported. Losses are accrued on a discounted basis and charged to operations when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company is subject to tax audits in numerous jurisdictions in the U.S. and around the world. Tax audits by their very nature are often complex and can require several years to complete. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to challenges from the IRS and other tax authorities regarding amounts of taxes due. These challenges may alter the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions, or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. The benefits of tax positions that are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit based on the technical merits of the tax position are recognized in the consolidated financial statements; positions that do not meet this threshold are not recognized. For tax positions that are at least more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, the largest amount of the benefit that is more likely than not of being sustained is recognized in the consolidated financial statements. See Note 7, “Income Taxes,” for further discussion.

 

51


Table of Contents

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making the assessment of whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Accruals for income tax exposures, including penalties and interest, expected to be settled within the next year are included in income tax payable with the remainder included in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest and penalties related to income tax exposures are recognized as incurred and included in income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are either expensed the first time the advertising takes place or, in the case of direct-response advertising, capitalized and charged to expense in the periods in which the related sales occur. Advertising expense was $225.3 million in 2011, $228.3 million in 2010 and $211.3 million in 2009, and is recorded in operating, selling and general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Pre-Opening Expenses

The Company incurs certain non-capital expenses prior to the opening of a store. These pre-opening expenses consist primarily of straight-line rent from the date of possession, store payroll and supplies, and are expensed as incurred and reflected in operating and selling expenses. The Company recorded approximately $1.0 million and $1.6 million in pre-opening costs in 2011 and 2009, respectively. No pre-opening costs were recorded in 2010.

Leasing Arrangements

The Company conducts a substantial portion of its business in leased properties. Some of the Company’s leases contain escalation clauses and renewal options. The Company recognizes rental expense for leases that contain predetermined fixed escalation clauses on a straight-line basis over the expected term of the lease. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the contractual minimum lease payment is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, other long-term liabilities included approximately $52.3 million and $61.6 million, respectively, related to these future escalation clauses.

The expected term of a lease is calculated from the date the Company first takes possession of the facility, including any periods of free rent and any option or renewal periods management believes are probable of exercise. This expected term is used in the determination of whether a lease is capital or operating and in the calculation of straight-line rent expense. Rent abatements and escalations are considered in the calculation of minimum lease payments in the Company’s capital lease tests and in determining straight-line rent expense for operating leases. Straight-line rent expense is also adjusted to reflect any allowances or reimbursements provided by the lessor.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company records all derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are recorded in current earnings or deferred in accumulated other comprehensive loss, depending on whether a derivative is designated as, and is effective as, a hedge and on the type of hedging transaction. Changes in fair value of derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income loss until the underlying hedged transactions are recognized in earnings, at which time any deferred hedging gains or losses are also recorded in earnings. If a derivative instrument is designated as a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the instrument are reported in current earnings and offset the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments. The Company has no material outstanding derivative instruments at December 31, 2011 and did not have any material hedge transactions in 2011, 2010 or 2009.

 

52


Table of Contents

Recently Issued or Newly Adopted Accounting Standards

In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance which establishes disclosure requirements for other comprehensive income. The guidance requires the reporting of components of other comprehensive income and components of net income together as components of total comprehensive income, and is effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance requires retrospective application and earlier application is permitted. The adoption of this guidance affects the presentation of certain elements of the Company’s financial statements, but these changes in presentation will not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

2. Facility Closure Reserves

We conduct regular reviews of our real estate portfolio to identify underperforming facilities, and close those facilities that are no longer strategically or economically beneficial. We record a liability for the cost associated with a facility closure at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred, primarily the location’s cease-use date. Upon closure, unrecoverable costs are included in facility closure reserves and include the present value of future lease obligations, less contractual or estimated sublease income. Accretion expense is recognized over the life of the required payments.

During 2011, we recorded facility closure charges of $5.6 million in our Retail segment related to closing six underperforming domestic stores prior to the end of their lease terms, of which $5.4 million was related to the lease liability and $0.2 million was related to asset impairments.

During 2010, we recorded facility closure charges of $13.1 million in our Retail segment, of which $11.7 million was related to the lease liability and other costs associated with closing eight domestic stores prior to the end of their lease terms, and $1.4 million was related to other items. In 2009, we recorded charges of $31.2 million related to the closing of 21 underperforming stores prior to the end of their lease terms, of which 16 were in the U.S. and five were in Mexico.

These charges were included in other operating expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Facility closure reserve account activity during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:

 

     Total  
     (thousands)  

Balance at December 27, 2008

   $ 48,933   

Charges related to stores closed in 2009

     31,208   

Transfer of deferred rent balance

     3,214   

Changes to estimated costs included in income

     9   

Cash payments

     (24,594

Accretion

     2,802   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 26, 2009

   $ 61,572   

Charges related to stores closed in 2010

     13,069   

Transfer of deferred rent and other balances

     5,985   

Changes to estimated costs included in income

     (1,358

Cash payments

     (22,260

Accretion

     4,665   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 25, 2010

   $ 61,673   

Charges related to stores closed in 2011

     5,406   

Transfer of deferred rent and other balances

     928   

Changes to estimated costs included in income

     262   

Cash payments

     (22,311

Accretion

     3,117   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 49,075   
  

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

Reserve balances were classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 
     (thousands)  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities - Other

   $ 10,635       $ 16,651   

Other long-term liabilities

     38,440         45,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49,075       $ 61,673   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, the lease termination component of the facilities closure reserve consisted of the following:

 

     Total  
     (thousands)  

Estimated future lease obligations

   $ 102,002   

Less: anticipated sublease income

     (52,927
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49,075   
  

 

 

 

In addition, we were the lessee of a legacy building materials manufacturing facility near Elma, Washington until the end of 2010. During 2006, we ceased operations at the facility, fully impaired the assets and recorded a reserve for the related lease payments and other contract termination and closure costs. This reserve balance was not included in the facilities closure reserve described above. During 2010, we sold the facility’s equipment and terminated the lease. As a result, we recorded income of approximately $9.4 million to adjust the associated reserve. This income is reported in other operating expenses, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

3. Severance and Other Charges

Over the past few years, we have incurred significant charges related to Company personnel restructuring and reorganizations. These charges were included in other operating expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In 2011, we recorded $14.9 million of severance charges ($13.9 million in Contract, $0.3 million in Retail and $0.7 million in Corporate), related primarily to reorganizations in Canada ($8.6 million), Australia and New Zealand ($2.4 million) and the U.S., primarily in the sales and supply chain organizations ($3.3 million).

In 2009, we recorded $18.1 million of severance and other charges, principally related to reorganizations of our U.S. and Canadian Contract sales forces, our customer fulfillment centers and our customer service centers, as well as a streamlining of our Retail store staffing. These charges were recorded by segment in the following manner: Contract $15.3 million, Retail $2.1 million and Corporate and Other $0.7 million.

As of December 31, 2011, $7.4 million of the severance charges remain unpaid and are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

4. Timber Notes/Non-Recourse Debt

In October 2004, we sold our timberland assets in exchange for $15 million in cash plus credit-enhanced timber installment notes in the amount of $1,635 million (the “Installment Notes”). The Installment Notes were issued by single-member limited liability companies formed by affiliates of Boise Cascade, L.L.C. (the “Note Issuers”). The Installment Notes are 15-year non-amortizing obligations and were issued in two equal $817.5 million tranches bearing interest at 5.11% and 4.98%, respectively. In order to support the issuance of the

 

54


Table of Contents

Installment Notes, the Note Issuers transferred a total of $1,635 million in cash to Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Lehman”) and Wachovia Corporation (“Wachovia”) (which was later purchased by Wells Fargo & Company) ($817.5 million to each of Lehman and Wachovia). Lehman and Wachovia issued collateral notes (the “Collateral Notes”) to the Note Issuers. Concurrently with the issuance of the Installment and Collateral Notes, Lehman and Wachovia guaranteed the respective Installment Notes and the Note Issuers pledged the Collateral Notes as security for the performance of the Installment Note obligations.

In December 2004, we completed a securitization transaction in which the Company’s interests in the Installment Notes and related guarantees were transferred to wholly-owned bankruptcy remote subsidiaries. The subsidiaries pledged the Installment Notes and related guarantees and issued securitized notes (the “Securitization Notes”) in the amount of $1,470 million ($735 million through the structure supported by the Lehman guaranty and $735 million through the structure supported by the Wachovia guaranty). As a result of these transactions, we received $1,470 million in cash. Recourse on the Securitization Notes is limited to the proceeds of the applicable pledged Installment Notes and underlying Lehman or Wachovia guaranty, and therefore there is no recourse against OfficeMax. The Securitization Notes are 15-year non-amortizing, and were issued in two equal $735 million tranches paying interest of 5.54% and 5.42%, respectively. The Securitization Notes are reported as non-recourse debt in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

On September 15, 2008, Lehman, the guarantor of half of the Installment Notes and the Securitization Notes, filed a petition in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York seeking relief under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Lehman’s bankruptcy filing constituted an event of default under the $817.5 million Installment Note guaranteed by Lehman. We are required for accounting purposes to assess the carrying value of assets whenever circumstances indicate that a decline in value may have occurred. In 2008, we evaluated the carrying value of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note and reduced it to the estimated amount we then expected to collect ($81.8 million) by recording a non-cash impairment charge of $735.8 million, pre-tax. The ultimate amount to be realized on the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note depends entirely on the proceeds from the Lehman bankruptcy estate.

Lehman’s disclosure statement on its Chapter 11 Plan (the “Disclosure Statement”) was confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on December 6, 2011. The Disclosure Statement provides a range of estimated recoveries for various classes of unsecured creditors of Lehman. Pursuant to a stipulation entered into on October 7, 2011 and approved by the bankruptcy court on December 14, 2011, the claim of the Securitization Note holders through the Note Issuers will be treated as a class 3 senior unsecured claim (estimated to recover at a rate of approximately 21.1% under the Chapter 11 Plan) rather than falling into any other class of guarantee claims (estimated to recover at a rate of approximately 11%-13% depending on the class under the Chapter 11 Plan). Due to this categorization, provisions of the stipulation that make certain funds unavailable to the claim that would otherwise be available to class 3 senior unsecured claimants, the status of the bankruptcy proceedings, and based on information in the Disclosure Statement, it appears that Securitization Note holders may recover at a potential rate within the range of 17% to 20%. However, uncertainties exist as to the actual recovery that will ultimately be received on the claim. The disposition of a related claim of the Securitization Note holders through us on the guaranty may result in an additional recovery and the funds available for claimants will depend on Lehman’s ongoing claims resolution process, the establishment of reserves for unresolved claims, and the value of the assets Lehman is able to liquidate. Due to these uncertainties and other factors, we have not increased our assumed recovery rate or the carrying value of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note. We expect that an initial distribution may be made on the Securitization Note holders’ claim as early as March 30, 2012. Further distributions are expected to occur over a several-year period. Going forward, we intend to adjust the carrying value of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note as further information regarding our share of the proceeds, if any, from the Lehman bankruptcy estate becomes available. Recourse on the Securitization Notes is limited to the proceeds from the applicable pledged Installment Notes and underlying Lehman or Wachovia guaranty, and any proceeds we receive from the bankruptcy will be distributed to the Securitization Note Holders.. However, under current generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to continue to recognize the liability related to the Securitization Notes

 

55


Table of Contents

guaranteed by Lehman until such time as the liability has been extinguished. The liability will be extinguished when the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note and the related guaranty are transferred to and accepted by the Securitization Note holders. We expect that this will occur when the remaining guaranty claim of the Securitization Note holders in the bankruptcy is resolved and as the Lehman assets are in the process of distribution. Accordingly, we expect to recognize a non-cash gain equal to the difference between the carrying amount of the Securitization Notes guaranteed by Lehman ($735.0 million at December 31, 2011) and the carrying value of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note ($81.8 million at December 31, 2011) in a later period when the liability is legally extinguished. The actual gain to be recognized in the future will be measured based on the carrying amounts of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note and the Securitization Notes guaranteed by Lehman at the date of settlement.

Any discussion of the Lehman bankruptcy in this document is strictly based on factual observations from the bankruptcy cases and should not be interpreted as constituting legal analysis of or admission as to the ultimate allowances of our claim based on the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note or any Note Issuers’ claim based on Collateral Notes, or the interplay thereof.

At the time of the sale of the timberlands in 2004, we generated a tax gain and recognized the related deferred tax liability. The timber installment notes structure allowed the Company to defer the resulting tax liability until 2020 ($529 million at December 31, 2011), the maturity date for the Installment Notes. Due to the Lehman bankruptcy and note defaults, the recognition of the Lehman portion of the gain will be triggered when the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note and the related guaranty are transferred to and accepted by the Securitization Note holders. At that time, we expect to reduce the estimated cash payment due by utilizing our available alternative minimum tax credits.

Through December 31, 2011, we have received all payments due under the Installment Notes guaranteed by Wachovia (the “Wachovia Guaranteed Installment Notes”), which have consisted only of interest due on the notes, and made all payments due on the related Securitization Notes guaranteed by Wachovia, again consisting only of interest due. As all amounts due on the Wachovia Guaranteed Installment Notes are current and we have no reason to believe that we will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the Wachovia Guaranteed Installment Notes, the notes are stated in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at their original principal amount of $817.5 million. The Installment Notes and Securitization Notes are scheduled to mature in 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Securitization Notes have an initial term that is approximately three months shorter than the Installment Notes.

 

5. Intangible Assets and Other Long-lived Assets

Impairment Reviews and Charges

Intangible assets represent the values assigned to trade names, customer lists and relationships, noncompete agreements and exclusive distribution rights of businesses acquired. Trade name assets have an indefinite life and are not amortized. All other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, which range from three to 20 years. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset might be impaired, using a fair-value-based approach. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. No impairment was recorded related to intangible assets in 2011, 2010, or 2009.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company also performed impairment testing for the assets of individual retail stores (“store assets” or “stores”), which consist primarily of leasehold improvements and fixtures, due to the existence of indicators of potential impairment of these other long-lived assets. We performed the first step of impairment testing for other long-lived assets on the store assets and determined that for some stores the

 

56


Table of Contents

estimated future undiscounted cash flows derived from the assets was less than those assets’ carrying amount and therefore impairment existed for those store assets. The second step of impairment testing was performed to calculate the amount of the impairment loss. The loss was measured as the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the assets, with the fair value determined based on estimated future discounted cash flows. As a result, we wrote off $11.2 million, $11.0 million and $17.6 million of store assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Acquired Intangible Assets

Intangible assets represent the values assigned to trade names, customer lists and relationships, noncompete agreements and exclusive distribution rights of businesses acquired. The trade name assets have an indefinite life and are not amortized. All other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives. Customer lists and relationships are amortized over three to 20 years, noncompete agreements over their terms, which are generally three to five years, and exclusive distribution rights over ten years. Intangible assets consisted of the following at year-end:

 

     2011  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 
     (thousands)  

Trade names

   $ 66,000       $      $ 66,000   

Customer lists and relationships

     27,676         (15,327     12,349   

Exclusive distribution rights

     7,287         (4,116     3,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 100,963       $ (19,443   $ 81,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2010  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 
     (thousands)  

Trade names

   $ 66,000       $      $ 66,000   

Customer lists and relationships

     27,807         (13,789     14,018   

Exclusive distribution rights

     7,302         (4,089     3,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 101,109       $ (17,878   $ 83,231   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible amortization expense totaled $1.7 million, $2.0 million and $1.6 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively. The estimated amortization expense is approximately $1.4 to $1.7 million in each of the next five years.

The changes in the intangible carrying amounts were as follows:

 

     Trade names      Customer
lists and
relationships
    Exclusive
distribution
rights
    Total  
     (thousands)  

Net carrying amount, December 27, 2008

   $ 66,000       $ 12,919      $ 2,874      $ 81,793   

Amortization

             (1,271     (363     (1,634

Effect of foreign currency translation

             2,897        750        3,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount, December 26, 2009

   $ 66,000       $ 14,545      $ 3,261      $ 83,806   

Amortization

             (1,542     (413     (1,955

Effect of foreign currency translation

             1,015        365        1,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount, December 25, 2010

   $ 66,000       $ 14,018      $ 3,213      $ 83,231   

Amortization

             (1,649     (37     (1,686

Effect of foreign currency translation

             (20     (5     (25
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount, December 31, 2011

   $ 66,000       $ 12,349      $ 3,171      $ 81,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents
6. Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated using net earnings available to holders of our common stock divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted net income (loss) per share is similar to basic net income (loss) per share except that the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding is increased to include, if their inclusion is dilutive, the number of additional shares of common stock that would have been outstanding assuming the issuance of all potentially dilutive shares, such as common stock to be issued upon exercise of options, the vesting of non-vested restricted shares, and the conversion of outstanding preferred stock. Net income (loss) per common share was determined by dividing net income (loss), as adjusted, by weighted average shares outstanding as follows:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     (thousands, except per-share amounts)  

Net income (loss) available to OfficeMax common shareholders

   $ 32,771       $ 68,628       $ (2,151

Average shares—basic(a)

     85,881         84,908         77,483   

Restricted stock, stock options and other(b)

     1,116         1,604           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average shares—diluted

     86,997         86,512         77,483   

Net income (loss) available to OfficeMax common shareholders per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.38       $ 0.81       $ (0.03

Diluted

   $ 0.38       $ 0.79       $ (0.03

 

(a) The assumed conversion of outstanding preferred stock was anti-dilutive in all periods presented, and therefore no adjustment was required to determine diluted income (loss) from continuing operations or average shares-diluted.
(b) Options to purchase 3.7 million and 1.7 million shares of common stock were outstanding during 2011 and 2010, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted income (loss) per common share because the impact would have been anti-dilutive as the option price was higher than the average market price during the year. Outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock totaled 1.3 million at the end of 2009 but were not included in the computation of diluted income (loss) per common share because the impact would have been anti-dilutive due to the loss reported for the period.

 

7. Income Taxes

The income tax (expense) benefit attributable to income (loss) from continuing operations as shown in the Consolidated Statements of Operations includes the following components:

 

     2011     2010     2009  
     (thousands)  

Current income tax (expense) benefit:

      

Federal

   $ (128   $ 9,507      $ 60,354   

State

     (1,593     (2,735     33,770   

Foreign

     (10,377     (22,521     (9,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (12,098   $ (15,749   $ 84,125   

Deferred income tax (expense) benefit:

      

Federal

   $ (5,342   $ (24,628   $ (23,190

State

     (4,056     (2,552     (29,593

Foreign

     1,979        1,057        (2,584
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (7,419   $ (26,123   $ (55,367
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax (expense) benefit

   $ (19,517   $ (41,872   $ 28,758   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company made cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds received, as follows:

 

     2011      2010     2009  
     (thousands)  

Cash tax payments (refunds), net

   $ 13,524       $ (5,026   $ (71,026

The income tax expense attributable to income (loss) from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 differed from the amounts computed by applying the statutory U.S. Federal income tax rate of 35% to pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations as a result of the following:

 

     2011     2010     2009  
     (thousands)  

Income tax (expense) benefit at statutory rate

   $ (20,173   $ (40,507   $ 10,617   

State taxes (expense) benefit, net of federal effect

     (723     (2,346     2,516   

Foreign tax provision differential

     4,354        338        1,085   

Effect on deferreds due to tax restructuring

     5,960                 

Net operating loss valuation allowance and credits

     (10,818     (590     (2,484

Change in tax contingency liability

     (695     (308     (3,390

Tax settlement, net of other charges

                   14,880   

Repatriation of foreign earnings, net

     (2,517     (2,291     3,428   

ESOP dividend deduction

     743        885        944   

Other permanent items, net

     4,352        2,947        1,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax (expense) benefit

   $ (19,517   $ (41,872   $ 28,758   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at year-end are presented in the following table:

 

     2011     2010  
     (thousands)  

Impairment of note receivable

   $ 278,269      $ 286,207   

Minimum tax and other credits carryover

     228,224        230,267   

Net operating loss carryovers

     151,787        109,423   

Deferred gain on Boise Investment

     68,936        69,925   

Compensation obligations

     172,403        146,369   

Operating reserves and accrued expenses

     55,679        63,205   

Investments and deferred charges

     3,441        5,136   

Property and equipment

     1,558        4,937   

Allowances for receivables

     12,306        12,764   

Inventory

     4,216        4,167   

Tax goodwill

     2,907        4,587   

Other

     6,891        4,804   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 986,617      $ 941,791   

Valuation allowance on NOLs and credits

   $ (25,543   $ (14,726
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

   $ 961,074      $ 927,065   

Timberland installment gain related to Wachovia Note

   $ (260,040   $ (266,798

Timberland installment gain related to Lehman Note

     (269,284     (276,965

Undistributed earnings

     (5,823     (5,817
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ (535,147   $ (549,580
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 425,927      $ 377,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

 

     2011      2010  
     (thousands)  

Current deferred income tax assets

   $ 55,488       $ 92,956   

Long-term deferred income tax assets

     370,439         284,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 425,927       $ 377,485   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In assessing the value of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making the assessment of whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, except for certain state net operating losses and other credit carryforwards as noted below. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced. During 2011, the Company restructured its domestic entities to better support operations resulting in a reduction in the tax rate related to certain deferred items which was offset by the impairment of state net operating losses.

The Company has a deferred tax asset related to net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes of approximately $104 million which expire in 2020, and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of approximately $188 million, which are available to reduce future regular Federal income taxes, if any, over an indefinite period. The Company also has deferred tax assets related to various state net operating losses of approximately $26 million, net of the valuation allowance, that expire between 2012 and 2029.

As discussed in Note 4, “Timber Notes/Non-Recourse Debt,” at the time of the sale of the timberlands in 2004, we generated a tax gain and recognized the related deferred tax liability. The timber installment notes structure allowed the Company to defer the resulting tax liability of $543 million until 2020, the maturity date for the Installment Notes. In 2011, a legal entity restructuring reduced the liability for the installment gain by $14 million to $529 million. Due to the Lehman bankruptcy and note defaults, the recognition of the Lehman portion of the gain will be triggered when the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note and the related guaranty are transferred to and accepted by the Securitization Note holders At that time, we expect to reduce the estimated cash payment due by utilizing our available alternative minimum tax credits.

The Company has established a valuation allowance related to net operating loss carryforwards and other credit carryforwards in jurisdictions where the Company has substantially reduced operations because management believes it is more likely than not that these items will expire before the Company is able to realize their benefits. The valuation allowance was $25.5 million and $14.7 million at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively. In 2011, the Company increased the valuation allowances relating to several state net operating losses. The valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management’s assessments of realizable deferred tax assets.

Pre-tax income (loss) related to continuing operations from domestic and foreign sources is as follows:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     (thousands)  

Domestic

   $ 21,202       $ 53,444       $ (69,386

Foreign

     36,435         62,292         39,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 57,637       $ 115,736       $ (30,333
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $21.2 million of total unrecognized tax benefits, $7.0 million of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. Any adjustments would result from the effective settlement of tax positions with various tax authorities. The Company does not anticipate any tax settlements to occur within the next twelve months. The recorded income tax benefit for 2009 includes a $14.9 million decrease in unrecognized benefits due to the resolution of an issue under IRS appeal related to the deductibility of interest on the Company’s industrial revenue bonds. The reconciliation of the beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     2011     2010     2009  
     (thousands)  

Unrecognized gross tax benefits balance at beginning of year

   $ 20,863      $ 8,247      $ 20,380   

Increase related to prior year tax positions

     570        12,983        1,710   

Decrease related to prior year tax positions

                   (14,369

Increase related to current year tax positions

                   1,420   

Settlements

     (261     (367     (894
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at end of year

   $ 21,172      $ 20,863      $ 8,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company or its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction, and multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. Years prior to 2006 are no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examination. The Company is no longer subject to state income tax examinations by tax authorities in its major state jurisdictions for years before 2003, and the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations prior to 2005 for its major foreign jurisdictions.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $1 million of accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions.

Deferred taxes are not recognized for temporary differences related to investments in foreign subsidiaries because such earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested in the business. The determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the undistributed earnings is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.

 

8. Leases

The Company leases its retail stores as well as certain other property and equipment under operating leases. These leases are noncancelable and generally contain multiple renewal options for periods ranging from three to five years, and require the Company to pay all executory costs such as maintenance and insurance. Rental payments include minimum rentals plus, in some cases, contingent rentals based on a percentage of sales above specified minimums. Rental expense for operating leases included the following components:

 

     2011     2010     2009  
     (thousands)  

Minimum rentals

   $ 336,924      $ 338,924      $ 355,662   

Contingent rentals

     1,060        1,187        1,013   

Sublease rentals

     (504     (422     (671
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 337,480      $ 339,689      $ 356,004   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

For operating leases with remaining terms of more than one year, the minimum lease payment requirements are:

 

     Total  
     (thousands)  

2012

   $ 343,000   

2013

     292,228   

2014

     238,360   

2015

     183,120   

2016

     131,664   

Thereafter

     232,588   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,420,960   
  

 

 

 

These minimum lease payments do not include contingent rental payments that may be due based on a percentage of sales in excess of stipulated amounts. These future minimum lease payment requirements have not been reduced by $28.1 million of minimum sublease rentals due in the future under noncancelable subleases. These sublease rentals include amounts related to closed stores and other facilities that are accounted for in the facility closures reserve.

As a result of purchase accounting from the 2003 acquisition of the U.S. retail business, we recorded an asset relating to store leases with terms below market value and a liability for store leases with terms above market value. The asset will be amortized through 2027, while the liability will be amortized through 2012. The net amortization of these items has reduced rent expense by approximately $7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009. The net amortization of these items will also reduce rent expense by approximately $7 million in 2012. Beginning in 2013, the amortization of the asset will result in additional rent expense of approximately $4 million per year. At the end of 2011, the asset balance was $55.7 million and the liability balance was $11.0 million. The asset and liability were reported in non-current assets and other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

9. Investment in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C.

In connection with the sale of the paper, forest products and timberland assets in 2004, the Company invested $175 million in affiliates of Boise Cascade, L.L.C. Due to restructurings conducted by those affiliates, our investment is currently in Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C., a building products company (the “Boise Investment”).

A portion of the securities received in exchange for the Company’s investment carry no voting rights. This investment is accounted for under the cost method as Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. does not maintain separate ownership accounts for its members’ interests, and the Company does not have the ability to significantly influence its operating and financial policies.

The Boise Investment represented a continuing involvement in the operations of the business we sold in 2004. Therefore, approximately $180 million of gain realized from the sale was deferred. This gain is expected to be recognized in earnings as the Company’s investment is reduced.

Throughout the year, we review the carrying value of this investment whenever events or circumstances indicate that its fair value may be less than its carrying amount. At year-end, we reviewed certain financial information of Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C., including estimated future cash flows as well as data regarding the valuation of comparable companies, and determined that there was no impairment of this investment. The Company will continue to monitor and assess this investment.

The non-voting securities of Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. accrue dividends daily at the rate of 8% per annum on the liquidation value plus accumulated dividends. Dividends accumulate semiannually to the extent not paid in cash on the last day of June and December. The Company recognized dividend income on this

 

62


Table of Contents

investment of $7.8 million in 2011, $7.3 million in 2010 and $6.7 million in 2009 in the Corporate and Other segment. The dividend receivable was $38.0 million and $30.2 million at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively, and was recorded in the Corporate and Other segment in other non-current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company receives distributions on the Boise Investment for the income tax liability associated with its share of allocated earnings. During 2009, the Company received a tax-related distribution of $2.6 million. No distributions were received in 2011 or 2010.

 

10. Debt

The Company’s debt, almost all of which is unsecured, consists of both recourse and non-recourse obligations as follows at year-end:

 

     2011     2010  
     (thousands)  

Recourse debt:

    

7.35% debentures, due in 2016

   $ 17,967      $ 17,967   

Medium-term notes, Series A, with interest rates averaging 7.9%, due in 2012

     35,000        36,900   

Revenue bonds, with interest rates averaging 6.4% , due in varying amounts periodically through 2029

     185,505        185,505   

American & Foreign Power Company Inc. 5% debentures, due in 2030

     18,526        18,526   

Grupo OfficeMax installment loans, due in monthly installments through 2014

     8,508        13,096   

Other indebtedness, with interest rates averaging 6.8%, due in varying amounts annually through 2016

     3,188        3,536   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 268,694      $ 275,530   

Less unamortized discount

     (504     (535
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recourse debt

   $ 268,190      $ 274,995   

Less current portion

     (38,867     (4,560
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

   $ 229,323      $ 270,435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-recourse debt:

    

5.42% securitized timber notes, due in 2019

   $ 735,000      $ 735,000   

5.54% securitized timber notes, due in 2019

     735,000        735,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-recourse debt

   $ 1,470,000      $ 1,470,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Scheduled Debt Maturities

The scheduled payments of recourse debt are as follows:

 

     Total  
     (thousands)  

2012

   $ 38,867   

2013

     3,858   

2014

     1,681   

2015

     105   

2016

     20,153   

Thereafter

     204,030   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 268,694   
  

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

Credit Agreements

On October 7, 2011, the Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “North American Credit Agreement”) with a group of banks. The North American Credit Agreement amended both our existing credit agreement that we are a party to along with certain of our subsidiaries in the U.S. (the “U.S. Credit Agreement”) and our existing credit agreement to which our subsidiary in Canada is a party (the “Canadian Credit Agreement”) and consolidated them into a single credit agreement. The North American Credit Agreement permits the Company to borrow up to a maximum of $650 million (U.S. dollars), of which $50 million is allocated to the Company’s Canadian subsidiary and $600 million is allocated to the Company and its other participating U.S. subsidiaries, in each case subject to a borrowing base calculation that limits availability to a percentage of eligible trade and credit card receivables plus a percentage of the value of eligible inventory less certain reserves. The North American Credit Agreement may be increased (up to a maximum of $850 million) at the Company’s request and the approval of lenders participating in the increase, or may be reduced from time to time at the Company’s request, in each case according to the terms detailed in the North American Credit Agreement. Letters of credit, which may be issued under the North American Credit Agreement up to a maximum of $250 million, reduce available borrowing capacity. At the end of fiscal year 2011, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the North American Credit Agreement. The North American Credit Agreement will expire on October 7, 2016.

Borrowings under the U.S. Credit Agreement were subject to interest at rates based on either the prime rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Margins were applied to the applicable borrowing rates and letter of credit fees under the U.S. Credit Agreement depending on the level of average availability. Fees on letters of credit issued under the U.S. Credit Agreement were charged at a weighted average rate of 0.875%. The Company was also charged an unused line fee of 0.25% under the U.S. Credit Agreement on the amount by which the maximum available credit exceeded the average daily outstanding borrowings and letters of credit.

Borrowings under the North American Credit Agreement are subject to interest at rates based on either the prime rate, the federal funds rate, LIBOR or the Canadian Dealer Offered Rate. An additional percentage, which varies depending on the level of average borrowing availability, is added to the applicable rates. Fees on letters of credit issued under the North American Credit Agreement are charged at rates between 1.25% and 2.25% depending on the type of letter of credit (i.e., stand-by or commercial) the level of average borrowing availability. The Company is also charged an unused line fee of between 0.375% and 0.5% on the amount by which the maximum available credit exceeds the average daily outstanding borrowings and letters of credit. The fees on letters of credit were 1.75% and the unused line fee was 0.5% at December 31, 2011. Thereafter, the rate will vary depending on the level of average borrowing availability and type of letters of credit.

On March 15, 2010, the Company’s five wholly-owned subsidiaries based in Australia and New Zealand entered into a Facility Agreement (the “Australia/New Zealand Credit Agreement”) with a financial institution based in those countries. The Australia/New Zealand Credit Agreement permits the subsidiaries in Australia and New Zealand to borrow up to a maximum of A$80 million subject to a borrowing base calculation that limits availability to a percentage of eligible accounts receivable plus a percentage of the value of certain owned properties, less certain reserves. At the end of fiscal year 2011, the subsidiaries in Australia and New Zealand were in compliance with all covenants under the Australia/New Zealand Credit Agreement. The Australia/New Zealand Credit Agreement expires on March 15, 2013.

 

64


Table of Contents

Availability under the Company’s credit agreements at the end of fiscal year 2011 was as follows:

 

     2011  
     North
American
Agreement
    Australia/
New Zealand
Agreement
     Total  
     (millions)  

Maximum aggregate available borrowing amount

   $ 632.2      $ 52.9       $ 685.1   

Less: Stand-by letters of credit

     (51.9             (51.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amount available for borrowing at fiscal year-end

   $ 580.3      $ 52.9       $ 633.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no borrowings under the Company’s credit agreements in 2011 or 2010.

Other

At the end of fiscal year 2011, Grupo OfficeMax, our 51%-owned joint venture in Mexico, had total outstanding borrowings of $8.5 million. This included $4.9 million outstanding under a 60-month installment note due in the first quarter of 2014 and $3.6 million outstanding under a 54-month installment note due in the third quarter of 2014. Payments on the installment loans are made monthly. Recourse on the Grupo OfficeMax loans is limited to Grupo OfficeMax. The installment loan maturing in the third quarter of 2014 is secured by certain owned property of Grupo OfficeMax. All other Grupo OfficeMax loan facilities are unsecured.

Cash Paid for Interest

Cash payments for interest, net of interest capitalized and including interest payments related to the timber securitization notes, were $69.8 million in 2011, $68.9 million in 2010 and $71.8 million in 2009. Cash interest payments made on the Securitization Notes are completely offset by interest payments received on the Installment Notes.

 

11. Financial Instruments, Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, other assets (non-derivatives), short-term borrowings and trade accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s other financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties.

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total     
     (thousands)         

Financial assets:

              

Timber notes receivable

              

Wachovia

   $       $ 943,706       $       $ 943,706       $ 817,500   

Lehman

   $       $       $ 81,750       $ 81,750       $ 81,750   

Financial liabilities:

              

Recourse debt

   $ 62,293       $ 178,461       $       $ 240,754       $ 268,190   

Non-recourse debt

              

Wachovia

   $       $ 858,779       $       $ 858,779       $ 735,000   

Lehman

   $       $       $ 81,750       $ 81,750       $ 735,000   

 

65


Table of Contents

 

     December 25, 2010  
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total     
     (thousands)         

Financial assets:

              

Timber notes receivable

              

Wachovia

   $       $ 888,288       $       $ 888,288       $ 817,500   

Lehman

   $       $       $ 81,750       $ 81,750       $ 81,750   

Financial liabilities:

              

Recourse debt

   $       $ 255,519       $       $ 255,519       $ 274,995   

Non-recourse debt

              

Wachovia

   $       $ 811,093       $       $ 811,093       $ 735,000   

Lehman

   $       $       $ 81,750       $ 81,750       $ 735,000   

In establishing a fair value, there is a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The basis of the fair value measurement is categorized in three levels, in order of priority, described as follows:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable either directly or indirectly.

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable thus reflecting assumptions about the market participants.

The carrying amounts shown in the table are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the indicated captions. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

 

   

Timber notes receivable: The fair value of the Wachovia Guaranteed Installment Notes is determined as the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the current interest rate for loans of similar terms with comparable credit risk (Level 2 inputs). The fair value of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note reflects the estimated future cash flows of the note considering the estimated effects of the Lehman bankruptcy (Level 3 inputs).

 

   

Recourse debt: The Company’s debt instruments are not widely traded. Recourse debt for which there were trades on the last day of the period (the “measurement date”) was valued using the unadjusted quoted price from the last trade on the measurement date (Level 1 input). Recourse debt for which there were no transactions on the measurement date was valued based on quoted market prices near the measurement date when available or by discounting the future cash flows of each instrument using rates based on the most recently observable trade or using rates currently offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities (Level 2 inputs).

 

   

Non-recourse debt: The fair value of the Securitization Notes supported by Wachovia is estimated by discounting the future cash flows of the instrument at rates currently available to the Company for similar instruments of comparable maturities (Level 2 inputs). The Securitization Notes supported by Lehman is estimated based on the future cash flows of the Lehman Guaranteed Installment Note (the proceeds from which are the sole source of payment of this note) in a bankruptcy proceeding (Level 3 inputs).

During 2011, there was no change in assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value using Level 3 inputs.

 

66


Table of Contents

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates expose the Company to financial market risk. The Company occasionally uses derivative financial instruments, such as forward exchange contracts, to manage its exposure associated with commercial transactions and certain liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the currency of the operating unit entering into the underlying transaction. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any other purpose. The Company does not speculate using derivative instruments. The fair values of derivative financial instruments were not material at the end of fiscal year 2011 or 2010.

 

12. Retirement and Benefit Plans

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain terminated employees, vested employees, retirees and some active employees, primarily in Contract. In 2004 or earlier, the Company’s qualified pension plans were closed to new entrants and the benefits of eligible participants were frozen.

Under the terms of the Company’s qualified plans, the pension benefit for employees was based primarily on the employees’ years of service and benefit plan formulas that varied by plan. The Company’s general funding policy is to make contributions to the plans in amounts that are within the limits of deductibility under current tax regulations, and not less than the minimum contribution required by law.

The Company also sponsors various retiree medical benefit and life insurance plans. The type of retiree benefits and the extent of coverage vary based on employee classification, date of retirement, location, and other factors. All of the Company’s postretirement medical plans are unfunded. The Company explicitly reserves the right to amend or terminate its retiree medical and life insurance plans at any time, subject only to constraints, if any, imposed by the terms of collective bargaining agreements. Amendment or termination may significantly affect the amount of expense incurred.

During 2009, based on the high level of inactive participants in the Company’s qualified pension plans as well as the fact that all qualified plan participants were fully vested, the Company changed the estimated amortization period for its unrecognized actuarial loss (which represents the difference between the actual funded status and the expected funded status measured through 2009), from the average remaining service period of the participants to their average remaining life expectancy. The impact of the change in the amortization period was a reduction in pension expense for 2009 of $11.2 million ($6.8 million after-tax), or $0.09 per diluted share.

 

67


Table of Contents

Obligations and Funded Status

The changes in pension and other postretirement benefit obligations and plan assets during 2011 and 2010, as well as the funded status of the Company’s plans at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (thousands)  

Change in benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 1,297,655      $ 1,260,676      $ 24,021      $ 20,337   

Service cost

     2,546        3,164        227        263   

Interest cost

     70,176        74,213        1,006        1,213   

Actuarial loss

     94,656        59,494        (1,334     2,634   

Changes due to exchange rates

                   (346     792   

Benefits paid

     (99,752     (99,892     (1,322     (1,218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 1,365,281      $ 1,297,655      $ 22,252      $ 24,021   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 1,117,413      $ 1,050,514      $      $   

Actual return on plan assets

     14,746        163,342                 

Employer contributions

     3,324        3,449        1,322        1,218   

Benefits paid

     (99,752     (99,892     (1,322     (1,218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 1,035,731      $ 1,117,413      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (329,550   $ (180,242   $ (22,252   $ (24,021
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the Company’s defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans at year-end:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (thousands)  

Noncurrent assets

   $      $ 4,581      $      $   

Current liabilities

     (6,530     (6,683     (1,243     (1,445

Noncurrent liabilities

     (323,020     (178,140     (21,009     (22,576
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (329,550   $ (180,242   $ (22,252   $ (24,021
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

 

Net loss

   $ 548,212       $ 406,465       $ 4,486      $ 6,054   

Prior service cost (credit)

                     (22,138     (26,147
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 548,212       $ 406,465       $ (17,652   $ (20,093
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $1,365.3 million and $1,297.7 million for December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively.

 

68


Table of Contents

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2011      2010  
     (thousands)  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 1,365,281       $ 1,263,206   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     1,365,281         1,263,206   

Fair value of plan assets

     1,035,731         1,078,383   

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Income)

The components of net periodic benefit cost (income) are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  
     (thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 2,546      $ 3,164      $ 4,506      $ 227      $ 263      $ 184   

Interest cost

     70,176        74,213        75,858        1,006        1,213        1,137   

Expected return on plan assets

     (79,289     (83,494     (76,623                     

Recognized actuarial loss

     17,371        13,239        10,330        220        224        147   

Amortization of prior service credits

                          (4,009     (4,006     (4,001

Other

     80        149                               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

   $ 10,884      $ 7,271      $ 14,071      $ (2,556   $ (2,306   $ (2,533
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (thousands)  

Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss at beginning of year

   $ 406,465      $ 440,206      $ (20,093   $ (26,627

Net loss (gain)

     159,118        (20,502     (1,334     2,634   

Amortization of net loss

     (17,371     (13,239     (220     (224

Amortization of prior service credits

                   4,009        4,006   

Canadian rate adjustment

                   (14     118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss at end of year

   $ 548,212      $ 406,465      $ (17,652   $ (20,093
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $18.0 million. There will be no estimated prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plans amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year. The estimated net loss and prior service credit for the other postretirement benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $0.2 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

Assumptions

The assumptions used in accounting for the Company’s plans are estimates of factors including, among other things, the amount and timing of future benefit payments. The following table presents the key weighted average assumptions used in the measurement of the Company’s benefit obligations as of year-end:

 

                 Other Benefits  
     Pension Benefits     United States     Canada  
     2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Discount rate

     4.93     5.64     3.70     4.50     4.50     5.30

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used in the measurement of net periodic benefit cost as of year-end:

 

           Other Benefits  
     Pension Benefits     United States     Canada  
     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  

Discount rate

     5.64     6.15     6.20     4.50     5.10     6.10     5.30     6.40     7.30

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     8.20     8.20     7.50                                          

In 2011 and 2010, the assumed discount rate (which is required to be the rate at which the projected benefit obligation could be effectively settled as of the measurement date) is based on the rates of return for a theoretical portfolio of high-grade corporate bonds (rated Aa1 or better) with cash flows that generally match our expected benefit payments in future years. In selecting bonds for this theoretical portfolio, we focus on bonds that match cash flows to benefit payments and limit our concentration of bonds by issuer. To the extent scheduled bond proceeds exceed the estimated benefit payments in a given period, the yield calculation assumes those excess proceeds are reinvested at an assumed forward rate. The implied forward rates used in the 2011 and 2010 bond models are based on the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve as of the last day of each year. In the 2009 bond model, the implied forward rates used were based on the forecasted three-month Treasury bill rates.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption is based on the weighted average of expected returns for the major asset classes in which the plans’ assets are held. Asset-class expected returns are based on long-term historical returns, inflation expectations, forecasted gross domestic product and earnings growth, as well as other economic factors. The weights assigned to each asset class are based on the Company’s investment strategy. The weighted average expected return on plan assets used in the calculation of net periodic pension benefit cost for 2012 is 8.2%.

Obligation and costs related to the Canadian retiree health plan are impacted by changes in trend rates.

The following table presents the assumed healthcare cost trend rates used in measuring the Company’s postretirement benefit obligations at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010:

 

     2011     2010  

Weighted average assumptions as of year-end:

    

Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year

     6.5     7.0

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

     5.0     5.0

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     2015        2015   

A one-percentage-point change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rates would impact operating income by approximately $1 million.

Plan Assets

The allocation of pension plan assets by category at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 is as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

OfficeMax common stock

     1.2     5.0

U.S. equity securities

     27.0     15.7

International equity securities

     10.3     9.2

Global equity securities

     15.8     14.4

Fixed-income securities

     45.7     55.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

The Company’s Retirement Funds Investment Committee is responsible for establishing and overseeing the implementation of the investment policy for the Company’s pension plans. The investment policy is structured to optimize growth of the pension plan trust assets, while minimizing the risk of significant losses, in order to enable the plans to satisfy their benefit payment obligations over time. Plan assets are invested primarily in OfficeMax common stock, U.S. equities, global equities, international equities and fixed-income securities. The Company uses benefit payments and Company contributions as its primary rebalancing mechanisms to maintain the asset class exposures within the guideline ranges established under the investment policy.

The current asset allocation guidelines set forth an OfficeMax common stock range of 0% to 15%, a U.S. equity range of 20% to 40%, an international equity range of 6% to 16%, a global equity range of 11% to 22% and a fixed-income range of 35% to 55%. Asset-class positions within the ranges are continually evaluated and adjusted based on expectations for future returns, the funded position of the plans and market risks. Occasionally, the Company may utilize futures or other financial instruments to alter the pension trust’s exposure to various asset classes in a lower-cost manner than trading securities in the underlying portfolios.

In 2009, we contributed 8.3 million shares of OfficeMax common stock to our qualified pension plans, which are managed by an independent fiduciary. At the end of 2011, the plan held 2.8 million shares with a value of $12.6 million.

Generally, quoted market prices are used to value pension plan assets. Equities, some fixed-income securities, publicly traded investment funds, and U.S. government obligations are valued by reference to published market prices. Investments in certain restricted stocks are valued at the quoted market price of the issuer’s unrestricted common stock less an appropriate discount. If a quoted market price for unrestricted common stock of the issuer is not available, restricted common stocks are valued at a multiple of current earnings less an appropriate discount. The multiple chosen is consistent with multiples of similar companies based on current market prices.

The following table presents the pension plan assets by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2011.

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
     (thousands)  

Money market funds

   $       $ 19,280       $   

Equity securities:

        

OfficeMax common stock

     12,585                   

U.S. large-cap

     53,629                   

U.S. small and mid-cap

     13,529                   

International

     84,647                   

Fixed-Income:

        

Corporate bonds

             421,027           

Government securities

             7,785           

Other fixed-income

             24,907           

Other:

        

Equity mutual funds

             385,862           

Group annuity contracts

             0         5,662   

Other, including plan receivables and payables

     5,665         1,153           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 170,055       $ 860,014       $ 5,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of the change in fair value of the pension plan assets calculated based on Level 3 inputs:

 

     Total  
     (thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 5,357   

Benefit payments and administrative expenses

     (10

Investment income and net appreciation in investments

     315   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 5,662   
  

 

 

 

Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on a trade-date basis. Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis. Dividends are recorded on the ex-dividend date.

Cash Flows

Pension plan contributions include required statutory minimum amounts and, in some years, additional discretionary amounts. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company made cash contributions to its pension plans totaling $3.3 million, $3.4 million and $6.8 million, respectively. Pension contributions for 2012 are estimated to be $28.5 million. The Company may elect at any time to make additional voluntary contributions.

Qualified pension benefit payments are paid from the assets held in the plan trust, while nonqualified pension and other benefit payments are paid by the Company. Future benefit payments by year are estimated to be as follows:

 

     Pension
Benefits
     Other
Benefits
 
     (thousands)  

2012

   $ 101,662       $ 1,243   

2013

     97,782         1,202   

2014

     97,139         1,170   

2015

     95,824         1,142   

2016

     94,947         1,121   

2017-2021

     458,868         5,549   

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company also sponsors defined contribution plans for most of its employees. Through 2004, the Company sponsored four contributory defined contribution savings plans for most of its salaried and hourly employees: a plan for Retail employees, a plan for non-Retail salaried employees, a plan for union hourly employees, and a plan for non-Retail, nonunion hourly employees. The plan for non-Retail salaried employees included an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) component and the Company’s Series D ESOP convertible preferred stock were fully allocated to eligible participants in prior years. Total Company contributions to the defined contribution savings plans were $7.0 million in 2011, $3.2 million in 2010 and $1.3 million in 2009.

 

13. Shareholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

At December 31, 2011, 638,353 shares of 7.375% Series D ESOP convertible preferred stock were outstanding, compared with 686,696 shares outstanding at December 25, 2010. The Series D ESOP convertible preferred stock is shown in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at its liquidation preference of $45 per share. All shares outstanding have been allocated to participants in the plan. Each ESOP preferred share is entitled to one

 

72


Table of Contents

vote, bears an annual cumulative dividend of $3.31875 per share and is convertible at any time by the trustee to 0.82168 share of common stock per share of preferred stock. The ESOP preferred shares may not be redeemed for less than the liquidation preference.

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 86,158,662 shares were issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011. Of the unissued shares, 10,960,412 shares were reserved for the following purposes:

 

Conversion or redemption of Series D ESOP preferred stock

     524,521   

Issuance under 2003 OfficeMax Incentive and Performance Plan

     9,619,788   

Issuance under Key Executive Stock Option Plan

     744,000   

Issuance under Director Stock Compensation Plan

     7,475   

Issuance under Director Stock Option Plan

     5,000   

Issuance under 2001 Key Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

     2,441   

Issuance under 2003 Director Stock Compensation Plan

     57,187   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) includes the following:

 

     Pension and
Postretirement
Liability
Adjustment
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    Unrealized
Hedge Loss
Adjustment
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
     (thousands)  

Balance at December 26, 2009

   $ (253,179   $ 120,664      $      $ (132,515

Current-period changes, before taxes

     27,263        21,290        (1,233     47,320   

Income taxes

     (10,907            349        (10,558
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 25, 2010

   $ (236,823   $ 141,954      $ (884   $ (95,753

Current-period changes, before taxes

     (144,236     (6,195     1,435        (148,996

Income taxes

     55,482               (394     55,088   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ (325,577   $ 135,759      $ 157      $ (189,661
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-Based Payments

The Company sponsors several share-based compensation plans, which are described below. The Company recognizes compensation expense from all share-based payment transactions with employees in the consolidated financial statements at fair value. Compensation costs related to the Company’s share-based plans were $16.7 million, $13.2 million and $8.5 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Compensation expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of grants. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for share-based compensation arrangements was $6.5 million, $5.1 million and $3.3 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

2003 Director Stock Compensation Plan and OfficeMax Incentive and Performance Plan

In February 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2003 Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “2003 DSCP”) and the 2003 OfficeMax Incentive and Performance Plan (the “2003 Plan,” formerly named the 2003 Boise Incentive and Performance Plan), which were approved by shareholders in April 2003. At December 31, 2011, a total of 57,187 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2003 DSCP, and a total of 9,619,788 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2003 Plan.

 

73


Table of Contents

The 2003 Plan was effective January 1, 2003, and replaced the Key Executive Performance Plan for Executive Officers, Key Executive Performance Plan for Key Executives/Key Managers, Key Executive Stock Option Plan (“KESOP”), Key Executive Performance Unit Plan (“KEPUP”) and Director Stock Option Plan (“DSOP”). No further grants or awards have been made under the Key Executive Performance Plans, KESOP, KEPUP, or DSOP since 2003.

The Company’s executive officers, key employees and nonemployee directors are eligible to receive awards under the 2003 Plan at the discretion of the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Eight types of awards may be granted under the 2003 Plan, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, performance shares, annual incentive awards and stock bonus awards.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock is restricted until it vests and cannot be sold by the recipient until its restrictions have lapsed. Each restricted stock unit (“RSU”) is convertible into one share of common stock after its restrictions have lapsed. No entries are made in the financial statements on the grant date of restricted stock and RSU awards. The Company recognizes compensation expense related to these awards over the vesting periods based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant dates. The Company calculates the grant date fair value of the RSU awards by multiplying the number of RSUs by the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. If these awards contain performance criteria the grant date fair value is set assuming performance at target, and management periodically reviews actual performance against the criteria and adjusts compensation expense accordingly. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized $5.6 million, $8.0 million and $6.1 million, respectively, of pre-tax compensation expense and additional paid-in capital related to restricted stock and RSU awards. The remaining compensation expense to be recognized related to outstanding restricted stock and RSUs, net of estimated forfeitures, is approximately $2.0 million. The remaining compensation expense is to be recognized through the first quarter of 2014.

A summary of restricted stock and RSU activity for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 is presented in the following table:

 

     Shares     Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share
 

Nonvested, December 27, 2008

     2,258,961      $ 31.07   

Granted

     800,828        5.08   

Vested

     (496,813     5.65   

Forfeited

     (633,031     5.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested, December 26, 2009

     1,929,945      $ 16.24   

Granted

     872,534        13.81   

Vested

     (1,492     33.70   

Forfeited

     (689,852     20.34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested, December 25, 2010

     2,111,135      $ 13.89   

Granted

     648,224        12.17   

Vested

     (1,047,406     15.77   

Forfeited

     (223,703     11.64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested, December 31, 2011

     1,488,250      $ 12.15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted stock and RSUs are not included as shares outstanding in the calculation of basic earnings per share, but are included in the number of shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share as long as all applicable performance criteria are met, and their effect is dilutive. When the restriction lapses on restricted

 

74


Table of Contents

stock, the par value of the stock is reclassified from additional paid-in-capital to common stock. When the restriction lapses on RSUs, the units are converted to unrestricted shares of our common stock and the par value of the stock is reclassified from additional paid-in-capital to common stock. Unrestricted shares are included in shares outstanding for purposes of calculating both basic and diluted earnings per share. Depending on the terms of the applicable grant agreement, restricted stock and RSUs may be eligible to accrue all dividends declared on the Company’s common stock during the vesting period; however, such dividends are not paid until the restrictions lapse.

Stock Units

The Company previously had a shareholder approved deferred compensation program for certain of its executive officers that allowed them to defer a portion of their cash compensation. Previously, these executive officers could allocate their deferrals to a stock unit account. Each stock unit is equal in value to one share of the Company’s common stock. The Company matched deferrals used to purchase stock units with a 25% Company allocation of stock units. The value of deferred stock unit accounts is paid in shares of the Company’s common stock when an executive officer retires or terminates employment. There were 2,441 and 3,889 stock units allocated to the accounts of these executive officers at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively. As a result of an amendment to the plan, no additional deferrals can be allocated to the stock unit accounts.

Stock Options

The Company’s stock options generally are issued at a price equal to fair market value on the grant date and typically expire within seven years of the grant date. Stock options granted under the OfficeMax Incentive and Performance Plan generally vest over a three year period. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized $11.1 million, $5.2 million and $2.4 million, respectively, of pre-tax compensation expense and additional paid-in capital related to stock options. The remaining compensation expense to be recognized related to outstanding stock options, net of estimated forfeitures, is approximately $8.3 million. The remaining compensation expense is to be recognized through the first quarter of 2014.

A summary of stock option activity for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 is presented in the following table:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     Shares     Wtd. Avg.
Ex. Price
     Shares     Wtd. Avg.
Ex. Price
     Shares     Wtd. Avg.
Ex. Price
 

Balance at beginning of year

     4,313,290      $ 16.52         3,249,773      $ 15.14         1,495,795      $ 31.95   

Options granted

     1,457,280        13.33         2,060,246        16.24         2,071,360        4.77   

Options exercised

     (405,988     4.80         (408,519     4.80                  

Options forfeited and expired

     (548,030     13.80         (588,210     16.02         (317,382     26.70   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Balance at end of year

     4,816,552      $ 16.86         4,313,290      $ 16.52         3,249,773      $ 15.14   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Exercisable at end of year

     2,122,136           1,301,257           1,225,646     

Weighted average fair value of options granted (Black-Scholes)

   $ 7.07         $ 8.08         $ 2.63     

 

75


Table of Contents

The following table provides summarized information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

   Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Options
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$2.50

     11,171               $ 2.50         11,171       $ 2.50   

$4.00 – $7.00

     1,192,317         4.8         4.99         506,227         4.72   

$10.00 – $16.00

     813,274         5.2         14.13         264,738         14.51   

$16.00 – $17.00

     809,790         6.1         16.86                   

$18.00 – $19.00

     975,000         5.9         18.15         325,000         18.15   

$24.00 – $37.00

     1,015,000         0.9         31.89         1,015,000         31.89   

At December 31, 2011, the aggregate intrinsic value was less than $1.0 million for both outstanding stock options and exercisable stock options. The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (i.e. the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the fourth quarter of 2011 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options at the end of the quarter).

In 2011, the Company granted stock options for 1,457,280 shares of our common stock and estimated the fair value of each stock option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 1.92%, expected life of 4.5 years and expected stock price volatility of 65.17%.

In 2010, the Company granted stock options for 2,060,246 shares of our common stock and estimated the fair value of each stock option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 2.12%, expected life of 3.7 years and expected stock price volatility of 67.21%. In 2009, the Company granted stock options for 2,071,360 shares of our common stock and estimated the fair value of each stock option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 2.2%, expected life of 3.0 years and expected stock price volatility of 87.3%. The risk-free interest rate assumptions are based on the applicable Treasury bill rates over the options’ expected lives; the expected life assumptions are based on the time period stock options are expected to be outstanding based on historical experience; and the expected stock price volatility assumptions are based on the historical and implied volatility of the Company’s common stock.

 

14. Segment Information

The Company manages its business using three reportable segments: Contract, Retail, and Corporate and Other. Management reviews the performance of the Company based on these segments.

Contract distributes a broad line of items for the office, including office supplies and paper, technology products and solutions, print and document services and office furniture. Contract sells directly to large corporate and government offices, as well as to small and medium-sized offices in the United States, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. This segment markets and sells through field salespeople, outbound telesales, catalogs, the Internet and in some markets, including Canada, Australia and New Zealand, through office products stores. Substantially all products sold by Contract are purchased from third-party manufacturers or industry wholesalers. Contract purchases office papers primarily from Boise White Paper, L.L.C., under a paper supply contract entered into on June 25, 2011. (For additional information related to the paper supply contract, see Note 15, “Commitments and Guarantees”.)

Retail is a retail distributor of office supplies and paper, print and document services, technology products and solutions and office furniture. In addition, this segment contracts with large national retail chains to supply office and school supplies to be sold in their stores. Retail office supply stores feature OfficeMax ImPress, an

 

76


Table of Contents

in-store module devoted to print-for-pay and related services. Retail has operations in the United States, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The retail segment also operates office products stores in Mexico through a 51%-owned joint venture. Substantially all products sold by Retail are purchased from third-party manufacturers or industry wholesalers. Retail purchases office papers primarily from Boise White Paper, L.L.C., under the paper supply contract described above.

Corporate and Other includes corporate support staff services and certain other legacy expenses as well as the related assets and liabilities. The income and expense related to certain assets and liabilities that are reported in the Corporate and Other segment have been allocated to the Contract and Retail segments.

Management evaluates the segments’ performances using segment income (loss) which is based on operating income (loss) after eliminating the effect of certain operating items that are not indicative of our core operations such as severances, facility closures and adjustments, and asset impairments. These certain operating items are reported on the asset impairments and the other operating expenses, net lines in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table summarizes by geography, net sales for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, and non-current assets at each year-end:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     (thousands)  

Net sales

        

United States

   $ 5,671,738       $ 5,770,036       $ 5,952,714   

Foreign

     1,449,429         1,379,971         1,259,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,121,167       $ 7,150,007       $ 7,212,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        

United States

   $ 1,992,674       $ 1,924,982       $ 1,909,754   

Foreign

     137,627         139,661         138,441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,130,301       $ 2,064,643       $ 2,048,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There is no single customer that accounts for 10% or more of consolidated trade sales.

Segment sales to external customers by product line are as follows:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     (thousands)  

Contract

        

Office supplies and paper

   $ 2,076,014       $ 2,086,628       $ 2,138,549   

Technology products

     1,142,196         1,185,462         1,173,956   

Office furniture

     405,867         362,154         344,180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,624,077       $ 3,634,244       $ 3,656,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail

        

Office supplies and paper

   $ 1,489,800       $ 1,468,646       $ 1,446,934   

Technology products

     1,793,255         1,834,630         1,872,537   

Office furniture

     214,035         212,487         235,894   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,497,090       $ 3,515,763       $ 3,555,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total OfficeMax

        

Office supplies and paper

   $ 3,565,814       $ 3,555,274       $ 3,585,483   

Technology products

     2,935,451         3,020,092         3,046,493   

Office furniture

     619,902         574,641         580,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,121,167       $ 7,150,007       $ 7,212,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

The following tables contain details of the Company’s operations by segment:

 

     Sales      Segment
income
    Asset
impairments
    Other
operating
expenses, net
    Operating
income (loss)
 
     (thousands)  

Year ended December 31, 2011

           

Contract

   $ 3,624,077       $ 77,681      $      $ (13,984   $ 63,697   

Retail

     3,497,090         75,293        (11,197     (5,858     58,238   

Corporate and Other

             (34,761            (688     (35,449
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,121,167       $ 118,213      $ (11,197   $ (20,530   $ 86,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 25, 2010

           

Contract

   $ 3,634,244       $ 94,342      $      $ (60   $ 94,282   

Retail

     3,515,763         103,903        (10,979     (12,505     80,419   

Corporate and Other

             (37,723            9,488        (28,235
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,150,007       $ 160,522      $ (10,979   $ (3,077   $ 146,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 26, 2009

           

Contract

   $ 3,656,685       $ 58,022      $      $ (15,269   $ 42,753   

Retail

     3,555,365         44,906        (17,612     (33,303     (6,009

Corporate and Other

             (40,041            (691     (40,732
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,212,050       $ 62,887      $ (17,612   $ (49,263   $ (3,988
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, interest income, and other income (expense), net are not recorded by segments.

The following table contains details of other selected items by segment.

 

     Other selected items  
     Depreciation
and
amortization
     Capital
expenditures
     Assets  

Year ended December 31, 2011

        

Contract

   $ 30,587       $ 25,964       $ 1,001,161   

Retail

     50,550         35,830         1,240,541   

Corporate and Other

     3,081         7,837         1,827,573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84,218       $ 69,632       $ 4,069,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 25, 2010

        

Contract

   $ 51,630       $ 61,165       $ 1,039,800   

Retail

     49,283         32,346         1,209,635   

Corporate and Other

     23                 1,829,494   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 100,936       $ 93,511       $ 4,078,929   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 26, 2009

        

Contract

   $ 57,548       $ 17,939       $ 1,035,175   

Retail

     58,869         20,338         1,239,632   

Corporate and Other

                     1,794,723   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 116,417       $ 38,277       $ 4,069,530   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents
15. Commitments and Guarantees

Commitments

During the second quarter of 2011, we entered into a new paper supply contract with Boise White Paper, L.L.C. (“Boise”), under which we have agreed to purchase office papers from Boise, and Boise has agreed to supply office papers to us, subject to the terms and conditions of the paper supply contract. The new paper supply contract replaced the previous supply contract executed in 2004 with Boise.

The paper supply contract requires us to purchase from Boise and Boise to sell to us virtually all of our North American requirements for office paper, subject to certain conditions. After 2012, the paper supply contract provides us more flexibility to purchase paper from paper producers other than Boise. The paper supply contract’s term will expire on December 31, 2017, followed by a gradual reduction of the Company’s purchase requirements over a two year period thereafter. However, if certain circumstances occur, the term may be terminated earlier, beginning as early as December 31, 2012. If the term ends December 31, 2012, it will be followed by a gradual reduction of the Company’s purchase requirements over a four year period. If the term ends on a later date, the gradual reduction period will last two years. Purchases under the agreement were $630.1 million, $615.6 million and $633.9 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In accordance with an amended and restated joint venture agreement, the minority owner of Grupo OfficeMax, our joint-venture in Mexico, can elect to require OfficeMax to purchase the minority owner’s 49% interest in the joint venture if certain earnings targets are achieved. Earnings targets are calculated quarterly on a rolling four-quarter basis. Accordingly, the targets may be achieved in one quarter but not in the next. If the earnings targets are achieved and the minority owner elects to require OfficeMax to purchase the minority owner’s interest, the purchase price is based on the joint venture’s earnings and the current market multiples of similar companies. At the end of 2011, Grupo OfficeMax met the earnings targets and the estimated purchase price of the minority owner’s interest was $27.6 million. This represents a decrease in the estimated purchase price from the prior year which is attributable to lower market multiples for similar companies as of the measurement date. As the estimated purchase price was less than the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest as of the end of the year, the Company reduced the noncontrolling interest to the carrying value, with the offset recorded to additional paid-in capital. There is no impairment relating to the assets of the joint venture as the estimated future cash flows support the overall carrying value of its assets.

Guarantees

The Company provides guarantees, indemnifications and assurances to others.

Indemnification obligations may arise from the Asset Purchase Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated, OfficeMax Southern Company, Minidoka Paper Company, Forest Products Holdings, L.L.C. and Boise Land & Timber Corp. The Company has agreed to provide indemnification with respect to a variety of obligations. These indemnification obligations are subject, in some cases, to survival periods, deductibles and caps. At December 31, 2011, the Company is not aware of any material liabilities arising from these indemnifications.

There are six operating leases that have been assigned to other parties but for which the Company remains contingently liable in the event of nonpayment by the other parties. The lease terms vary and, assuming exercise of renewal options, extend through 2019. Annual rental payments under these leases are approximately $3.0 million.

The Company and its affiliates enter into a wide range of indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. These include tort indemnifications, tax indemnifications, officer and director indemnifications against third-party claims arising out of arrangements to provide services to the Company and indemnifications in merger and acquisition agreements. It is impossible to quantify the maximum potential liability under these indemnifications. At December 31, 2011, the Company is not aware of any material liabilities arising from these indemnifications.

 

79


Table of Contents
16. Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

OfficeMax Incorporated and certain of its subsidiaries are named as defendants in a number of lawsuits, claims and proceedings arising out of the operation of the paper and forest products assets prior to the closing of the 2004 sale transaction, for which OfficeMax agreed to retain responsibility. Also, as part of the sale, we agreed to retain responsibility for all pending or threatened proceedings and future proceedings alleging asbestos-related injuries arising out of the operation of the paper and forest products assets prior to the closing of the sale. We do not believe any of these retained proceedings are material to our business.

We have been notified that we are a “potentially responsible party” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) or similar federal and state laws, or have received a claim from a private party, with respect to certain sites where hazardous substances or other contaminants are or may be located. These sites relate to operations either no longer owned by the Company or unrelated to its ongoing operations. For sites where a range of potential liability can be determined, we have established appropriate reserves. We cannot predict with certainty the total response and remedial costs, our share of the total costs, the extent to which contributions will be available from other parties or the amount of time necessary to complete the cleanups. Based on our investigations; our experience with respect to cleanup of hazardous substances; the fact that expenditures will, in many cases, be incurred over extended periods of time; and in some cases, the number of solvent potentially responsible parties, we do not believe that the known actual and potential response costs will, in the aggregate, materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Over the past several years and continuing in the current year, we have been named a defendant in a number of cases where the plaintiffs allege asbestos-related injuries from exposure to asbestos products or exposure to asbestos while working at job sites. The claims vary widely and often are not specific about the plaintiffs’ contacts with the Company. None of the claimants seeks damages from us individually, and we are generally one of numerous defendants. Many of the cases filed against us have been voluntarily dismissed, although we have settled some cases. The settlements we have paid have been covered mostly by insurance, and we believe any future settlements or judgments in these cases would be similarly covered. To date, no asbestos case against us has gone to trial, and the nature of these cases makes any prediction as to the outcome of pending litigation inherently subjective. At this time, however, we believe our involvement in asbestos litigation is not material to either our financial position or our results of operations.

 

80


Table of Contents
17. Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

Summarized quarterly financial data is as follows:

 

     2011     2010  
     First     Second(a)     Third     Fourth(b)     First(c)     Second(d)     Third     Fourth(e)  
     (millions, except per-share and stock price information)  

Sales

   $ 1,863.0      $ 1,647.6      $ 1,774.8      $ 1,835.8      $ 1,911.7      $ 1,653.2      $ 1,813.4      $ 1,766.2   

Gross Profit

   $ 474.5      $ 425.1      $ 459.7      $ 449.9      $ 505.5      $ 427.7      $ 470.4      $ 446.0   

Percent of sales

     25.5     25.8     25.9     24.5     26.4     25.9     25.9     25.3

Operating income

   $ 28.6      $ 4.0      $ 41.3      $ 12.6      $ 49.4      $ 28.1      $ 40.9      $ 28.1   

Net income available to OfficeMax common shareholders

   $ 11.4      $ (3.0   $ 21.5      $ 2.9      $ 24.8      $ 11.8      $ 20.0      $ 12.1   

Net income (loss) per common share available to OfficeMax common shareholders(f)

                

Basic

   $ 0.13      $ (0.04   $ 0.25      $ 0.03      $ 0.29      $ 0.14      $ 0.23      $ 0.14   

Diluted

   $ 0.13      $ (0.04   $ 0.25      $ 0.03      $ 0.29      $ 0.14      $ 0.23      $ 0.14   

Common stock dividends paid per share

                                                        

Common stock prices(g)

                

High

   $ 18.95      $ 14.36      $ 8.82      $ 5.93      $ 17.34      $ 19.79      $ 15.81      $ 19.20   

Low

   $ 12.24      $ 6.05      $ 4.46      $ 3.90      $ 12.60      $ 14.21      $ 9.67      $ 12.73   

 

(a) Includes a $5.6 million pre-tax charge related to Retail store closures in the U.S., and $8.3 million of pre-tax charges for severance related to Contract and Retail reorganizations.
(b) Includes an $11.2 million non-cash pre-tax charge to impair fixed assets associated with our Retail stores in the U.S. and $6.6 million of pre-tax charges for severance primarily related to Contract and Retail reorganizations.
(c) Includes a $13.4 million pre-tax charge related to Retail store closures in the U.S., and a $0.8 million pre-tax charge for severance related to Contract reorganizations.
(d) Includes a $1.1 million pre-tax charge related to Retail store closures in the U.S., and a $3.9 million of pre-tax income related to the adjustment of a reserve associated with our legacy building materials manufacturing facility near Elma, Washington.
(e) Includes an $11.0 million non-cash pre-tax charge to impair fixed assets associated with our Retail stores in the U.S., $2.8 million of pre-tax income related to the adjustment of previously established reserves for severance and store closures and a $5.5 million of pre-tax income related to the adjustment of a reserve associated with our legacy building materials manufacturing facility near Elma, Washington.
(f) Quarters added together may not equal full year amount because each quarter is calculated on a stand-alone basis.
(g) The Company’s common stock (symbol OMX) is traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

81


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

OfficeMax Incorporated:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of OfficeMax Incorporated and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. We also have audited OfficeMax Incorporated’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). OfficeMax Incorporated’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A(b) of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of OfficeMax Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, OfficeMax Incorporated maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by (COSO).

KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 24, 2012

 

82


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

We have had no disagreements with our independent registered public accounting firm regarding accounting or financial disclosure matters.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, the chief executive officer and chief financial officer directed and supervised an evaluation of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). The evaluation was conducted to determine whether the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in bringing material information about the Company to the attention of senior management. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in alerting them in a timely manner to material information that the Company is required to disclose in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

OfficeMax’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, as amended). Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.

Based on this assessment, management concluded that as of December 31, 2011, OfficeMax’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. That report is included on page 88 of this Form 10-K.

 

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act, during the most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

(a) None.

 

83


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information concerning directors and nominees for director is presented under the caption “Board of Directors” in our proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information concerning our executive officers is presented under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part 1 of this Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information concerning our Audit Committee and our Audit Committee financial expert is set forth under the caption “Audit Committee Report” in our proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information concerning the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors is set forth under the caption “Other Information—Stockholder Nominations for Directors” in our proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information concerning compliance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is set forth under the caption “Stock Ownership—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all OfficeMax employees and directors, including our senior financial officers. The Code is available, free of charge, on our website at investor.officemax.com by clicking on “Code of Ethics.” You also may obtain copies of this Code, free of charge, by contacting our Investor Relations Department, 263 Shuman Boulevard, Naperville, Illinois 60563, or by calling (630) 864-6800. If we amend or grant a waiver of one or more of the provisions of our Code of Ethics, we intend to disclose such amendments or waivers by posting the required information on our website at the address above.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information concerning compensation of OfficeMax’s executive officers and directors for the year ended December 31, 2011, is presented under the captions “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation” in our proxy statement. This information is incorporated herein by reference.

Information concerning compensation committee interlocks is presented under the caption “Executive Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

The report of our Executive Compensation Committee can be found under the caption “Executive Compensation Committee Report” in our proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information concerning the security ownership of certain beneficial owners as of December 31, 2011, is set forth under the caption “Stock Ownership—Ownership of More Than 5% of OfficeMax Stock” in our proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information concerning the security ownership of our directors and executive officers as of December 31, 2011, is set forth under the caption “Stock Ownership—Directors and Executive Officers” in our proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

84


Table of Contents

Our shareholders have approved all of the Company’s equity compensation plans, including the Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “DSCP”), the 2003 Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “2003 DSCP”) and the 2003 OfficeMax Incentive and Performance Plan (the “2003 Plan”), formerly the Boise Incentive and Performance Plan. These plans are designed to further align our directors’ and management’s interests with the Company’s long-term performance and the long-term interests of our shareholders. The following table provides information regarding the equity securities that may be issued under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information(a)

 

Plan Category

   Number of Securities to Be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants, and Rights(#)
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants, and Rights($)
     Number of Securities Remaining
Available for Future Issuance
Under Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding Securities
Reflected in the First Column)(#)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     6,302,361 (b)    $ 12.88         4,131,089 (c) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,302,361      $ 12.88         4,131,089   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Neither of the following are included in this table: (a) Series D Preferred Stock in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) fund or (b) the deferred stock unit components of the Company’s 2001 Key Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.
(b) Includes 7,475 shares issuable under the DSCP, 3,696 shares issuable under the 2003 DSCP, 5,000 shares issuable under the Director Stock Option Plan, 744,000 shares issuable under the Key Executive Stock Option Plan, and 5,542,190 shares issuable under the 2003 Plan. The Director Stock Option Plan and Key Executive Stock Option Plan have been replaced by the 2003 Plan.
(c) As of December 31, 2011, 53,491 shares were issuable under the 2003 DSCP and 4,077,598 shares were issuable under the 2003 Plan.

See Note 13, “Shareholders Equity,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this form 10-K for additional information related to our equity compensation plans.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information concerning the independence of our directors, certain relationships and related transactions during 2011 and our policies with respect to such transactions is set forth under the captions “Board of Directors—Director Independence” and “Board of Directors—Board of Directors Related Transactions” in our proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information concerning principal accountant fees and services is set forth under the captions “Items You May Vote On—Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Audit Committee Report—Audit, Audit Related, and Other Nonaudit Services” in our proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

85


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Form 10-K:

 

  (1) Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Consolidated Financial Statements, the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are presented in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

 

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010.

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009.

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009.

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009.

 

   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

  (2) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required or shown in the financial statements and notes in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

 

  (3) Exhibits.

A list of the exhibits required to be filed as part of this report is set forth in the Index to Exhibits, which immediately precedes such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Exhibits.

See Index to Exhibits.

 

86


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

OfficeMax Incorporated
By  

/S/    RAVICHANDRA SALIGRAM

 

Ravichandra Saligram

Chief Executive Officer

Dated: February 24, 2012

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 24, 2012.

 

Signature

  

Capacity

(i) Principal Executive Officer:   

/s/    RAVICHANDRA SALIGRAM

Ravichandra Saligram

  

Chief Executive Officer

(ii) Principal Financial Officer:   

/s/    BRUCE BESANKO

Bruce Besanko

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer

(iii) Principal Accounting Officer:   

/s/    DEBORAH A. O’CONNOR

Deborah A. O’Connor

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer

(iv) Directors:   

/s/    V. JAMES MARINO

V. James Marino

  

/s/    WARREN F. BRYANT

Warren F. Bryant

/s/    JOSEPH M. DEPINTO

Joseph M. DePinto

  

/s/    WILLIAM J. MONTGORIS

William J. Montgoris

/s/    RAKESH GANGWAL

Rakesh Gangwal

  

/s/    RAVICHANDRA SALIGRAM

Ravichandra Saligram

/s/    FRANCESCA RUIZ DE LUZURIAGA

Francesca Ruiz de Luzuriaga

  

/s/    DAVID M. SZYMANSKI

David M. Szymanski

 

87


Table of Contents

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of OfficeMax Incorporated:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-162866) on Form S-1; the registration statements (Nos. 2-72176, 33-28595, 33-21964, 33-31642, 333-105223, 333-105245, 333-37124, 333-86425, 333-86427, 333-61106, 333-113648, 333-110397, 333-150957 and 333-166880) on Form S-8; and the registration statements (Nos. 333-41033, 333-74450 and 333-86362) on Form S-3 of OfficeMax Incorporated of our report dated February 24, 2012, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of OfficeMax Incorporated as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, which report appears in the December 31, 2011 annual report on Form 10-K of OfficeMax Incorporated.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 24, 2012

 

88


Table of Contents

OFFICEMAX INCORPORATED

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Filed with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

 

         Incorporated by Reference       

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form      File Number      Exhibit
Number
    Filing
Date
     Filed
Herewith
  2.1   Asset Purchase Agreement dated July 26, 2004, between Boise Cascade Corporation (now OfficeMax Incorporated), Boise Southern Company, Minidoka Paper Company and Forest Products Holdings, L.L.C., and Boise Land & Timber Corp.      8-K         001-05057         2        7/28/2004      
  3.1   Conformed Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as restated to date      S-1         333-162866         3.1.1        11/4/2010      
  3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended to February 12, 2009      8-K         001-05057         3.1        2/18/2010      
  4.1(1)   Trust Indenture between Boise Cascade Corporation (now OfficeMax Incorporated) and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Trustee, dated October 1, 1985, as amended      S-3         33-5673         4        5/13/1986      
  4.2   Indenture dated as of December 21, 2004 by and between OMX Timber Finance Investments II, LLC, as the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, N.A., as Trustee      8-K         001-05057         99.1        9/22/2009      
  4.3   Indenture dated as of December 21, 2004 by and between OMX Timber Finance Investments I, LLC, as the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, N.A., as Trustee      S-1/A         333-162866         4.4        12/14/2010      
9   Inapplicable              
10.1  

Paper Purchase Agreement dated

June 25, 2011 between Boise White Paper, L.L.C. and OfficeMax Incorporated

     10-Q/A         001-05057         10.8 (10)      10/24/2011      
10.2   Installment Note for $559,500,000 between Boise Land & Timber, L.L.C. (Maker) and Boise Cascade Corporation (now OfficeMax Incorporated) (Initial Holder) dated October 29, 2004      10-Q         001-05057         10.3        11/9/2004      
10.3   Installment Note for $258,000,000 between Boise Land & Timber, L.L.C. (Maker) and Boise Southern Company (Initial Holder) dated October 29, 2004      10-Q         001-05057         10.4        11/9/2004      

 

89


Table of Contents

 

          Incorporated by Reference       

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

   Form      File Number      Exhibit
Number
     Filing
Date
     Filed
Herewith
10.4    Installment Note for $817,500,000 between Boise Land & Timber II, L.L.C. (Maker) and Boise Cascade Corporation (now OfficeMax Incorporated) (Initial Holder) dated October 29, 2004      10-Q         001-05057         10.5         11/9/2004      
10.5    Guaranty by Wachovia Corporation dated October 29, 2004      10-Q         001-05057         10.6         11/9/2004      
10.6    Guaranty by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. dated October 29, 2004      10-Q         001-05057         10.7         11/9/2004      
10.7    Registration Rights Agreement among Boise Cascade Corporation (now OfficeMax Incorporated), Forest Products Holdings, L.L.C., and Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. dated October 29, 2004      10-Q         001-05057         10.11         11/9/2004      
10.8    Restructuring Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Securityholders Agreement by and among Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C., Boise Cascade, L.L.C., Boise Land & Timber Corp., Forest Product Holdings, L.L.C., OfficeMax Incorporated and Kooskia Investment Corporation      8-K         001-05057         99.1         11/15/2006      
10.9    Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C. Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.2         11/16/2006      
10.10    Securityholders Agreement among Boise Cascade Corporation (now OfficeMax incorporated), Forest Products Holdings, L.L.C., and Boise Cascade Holdings, L.L.C., dated October 29, 2004      10-Q         001-05057         10.14         11/9/2004      
10.11    Purchase Agreement dated December 13, 2004, between OMX Timber Finance Investments I, LLC, OMX Timber Finance Investments II, LLC, OfficeMax Incorporated, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, and Lehman Brothers Inc.      8-K         001-05057         10.1         12/17/2004      
10.12    Indemnification Agreement dated December 13, 2004, between Wachovia Corporation, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., OMX Timber Finance Investments I, LLC, OMX Timber Finance Investments II, LLC, OfficeMax Incorporated, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc.      8-K         001-05057         10.2         12/17/2004      
10.13†    Executive Savings Deferral Plan      8-K         001-05057         10.2         12/15/2004      
10.14†    2005 Deferred Compensation Plan      8-K         001-05057         10.3         12/15/2004      
10.15†    2005 Directors Deferred Compensation Plan      8-K         001-05057         10.4         12/15/2004      

 

90


Table of Contents
         Incorporated by Reference         

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form      File Number      Exhibit
Number
     Filing
Date
     Filed
Herewith
 
10.16†   Directors Compensation Summary Sheet                  X   
10.17†   Form of OfficeMax Incorporated Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement      8-K         001-05057         10.1         1/6/2005      
10.18†   Executive Life Insurance Program      8-K         001-05057         10.1         2/16/2005      
10.18(a)†   Amendment to Executive Life Insurance Program      8-K         001-05057         —           4/21/2009      
10.19†   Officer Annual Physical Program      8-K         001-05057         10.2         2/16/2005      
10.19(a)†   Amendment to Officer Annual Physical Program      8-K         001-05057         —           2/16/2010      
10.20†   Financial Counseling Program      8-K         001-05057         10.3         2/16/2005      
10.20(a)†   Amendment to Financial Counseling Program      8-K         001-05057         —           2/16/2010      
10.21†   Executive Officer Mandatory Retirement Policy      10-K         001-05057         10.31         3/16/2005      
10.22†   1982 Executive Officer Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended through September 26, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.4         3/2/2004      
10.23†   Nonbusiness Use of Corporate Aircraft Policy, as amended      10-K         001-05057         10.13         3/14/1994      
10.24†   Supplemental Early Retirement Plan for Executive Officers, as amended through September 26, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.6         3/2/2004      
10.25†   Boise Cascade Corporation (now OfficeMax Incorporated) Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended through September 26, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.7         3/2/2004      
10.26†   1980 Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan, as amended through September 25, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.10         3/2/2004      
10.27†   Form of Directors’ Indemnification Agreement, as revised September 26, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.15         3/2/2004      
10.28(2)†   Deferred Compensation and Benefits Trust, as amended for the Form of Sixth Amendment dated May 1, 2001      10-Q         001-05057         10         11/13/2001      
10.29†   Director Stock Compensation Plan, as amended through September 26, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.17         3/2/2004      
10.30†   Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended through September 26, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.18         3/2/2004      
10.31†   2001 Key Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended through September 26, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.23         3/2/2004      

 

91


Table of Contents
          Incorporated by Reference       

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

   Form      File Number      Exhibit
Number
     Filing
Date
     Filed
Herewith
10.32†    2001 Board of Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended through September 26, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.24         3/2/2004      
10.33†    Key Executive Performance Unit Plan, as amended through September 26, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.25         3/2/2004      
10.34†    2003 Director Stock Compensation Plan, as amended through September 26, 2003      10-K         001-05057         10.26         3/2/2004      
10.35    Amended and Restated Going Public Agreement dated as of May 17, 2005      8-K         001-05057         10.1         5/23/2005      
10.36†    Amendment to the OfficeMax Incorporated 2003 Director Stock Compensation Plan      8-K         001-05057         —           2/20/2007      
10.37†    Amendment to OfficeMax Incorporated Executive Savings Deferral Plan      8-K         001-05057         99.2         12/14/2005      
10.38†    Form of 2006 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         10.2         2/15/2006      
10.39†    Form of 2007 Directors’ Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.3         8/1/2007      
10.40    Nondisclosure and Noncompetition Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Martin dated September 13, 2007      8-K         001-05057         99.4         9/19/2007      
10.41†    Form of 2008 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Performance Based)      8-K         001-05057         99.2         2/26/2008      
10.42†    Form of 2008 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Time Based)      10-Q         001-05057         10.3         5/7/2008      
10.43†    Form of 2008 Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.2         7/29/2008      
10.44†    Executive Officer Severance Pay Policy      10-Q         001-05057         10.4         11/6/2008      
10.45†    Form of Executive Officer Change in Control Severance Agreement      10-Q         001-05057         10.5         11/6/2008      
10.46†    Amendment to OfficeMax Incorporated 2005 Directors Deferred Compensation Plan      10-Q         001-05057         10.6         11/6/2008      
10.47†    Form of Amendment of OfficeMax Incorporated Executive Savings Deferral Plan      8-K         001-05057         99.1         1/28/2010      
10.48†    Form of 2009 Annual Incentive Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.2         2/18/2009      
10.49†    Form of 2009 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Performance Based)      8-K         001-05057         99.4         2/18/2009      
10.50†    Form of 2009 Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.5         2/18/2009      

 

92


Table of Contents
          Incorporated by Reference       

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

   Form      File Number      Exhibit
Number
     Filing
Date
     Filed
Herewith
10.51†    Bruce Besanko Change in Control Agreement dated February 16, 2009      8-K         001-05057         99.1         3/6/2009      
10.52†    Bruce Besanko Nondisclosure and Noncompetition Agreement dated March 2, 2009      8-K         001-05057         99.2         3/6/2009      
10.53†    Form of 2009 Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.1         7/28/2009      
10.54    Contribution Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated and Evercore Trust Company, N.A., the independent fiduciary of the Master Trust, dated November 3, 2009      8-K         001-05057         99.1         11/4/09      
10.55   

Registration Rights Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated and Evercore Trust Company, N.A., the independent fiduciary of the Master Trust, dated as of

November 3, 2009

     8-K         001-05057         10.1         11/4/09      
10.56†    Transition and Retirement Agreement between Mr. Duncan and OfficeMax Incorporated dated February 11, 2010      8-K         001-05057         99.2         2/16/2010      
10.57†    Form of 2010 Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.5         2/16/2010      
10.58†    2003 OfficeMax Incentive and Performance Plan as amended and restated effective April 14, 2010      DEF14A         001-05057         Appendix A         3/4/2010      
10.59†    Form of 2010 Annual Incentive Award Agreement and form of Annual Incentive Award Agreement issued to Mr. Duncan      10-Q         001-05057         10.3         4/30/2010      
10.60†    Form of 2010 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Performance Based)      10-Q         001-05057         10.4         4/30/2010      
10.61†    Form of 2010 Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.2         8/3/2010      
10.62†    Form of 2010 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Time Based)      8-K         001-05057         99.1         8/18/2010      
10.63†    Employment Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated and Ravi Saligram dated October 13, 2010      8-K         001-05057         10.1         10/19/2010      
10.64†    Form of Annual Incentive Award Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated and Ravi Saligram      8-K         001-05057         10.2         10/19/2010      

 

93


Table of Contents
          Incorporated by Reference       

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

   Form      File Number      Exhibit
Number
     Filing
Date
     Filed
Herewith
10.65†    Form of 2010 Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated and Ravi Saligram (first)      8-K         001-05057         10.3         10/19/2010      
10.66†    Form of 2010 Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated and Ravi Saligram (second)      8-K         001-05057         10.4         10/19/2010      
10.67†    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement—Time-Based between OfficeMax Incorporated and Ravi Saligram      8-K         001-05057         10.5         10/19/2010      
10.68†    Form of Change in Control Letter Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated and Ravi Saligram      8-K         001-05057         10.6         10/19/2010      
10.69†    Form of Nondisclosure and Fair Competition Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated and Ravi Saligram      8-K         001-05057         10.7         10/19/2010      
10.70†    Form of 2011 Annual Incentive Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.1         2/15/2011      
10.71†    Form of 2011 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement – Performance Based      8-K         001-05057         99.2         2/15/2011      
10.72†    Form of 2011 Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.3         2/15/2011      
10.73†    Change in Control Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Michael Lewis      8-K         001-05057         99.1         6/3/2011      
10.74†    Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement – Time Based dated as of May 2, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Michael Lewis      8-K         001-05057         99.2         6/3/2011      
10.75†    Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement – Performance Based dated as of May 2, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Michael Lewis (first)      8-K         001-05057         99.3         6/3/2011      
10.76†    Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement – Performance Based dated as of May 2, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Michael Lewis (second)      8-K         001-05057         99.4         6/3/2011      
10.77†    Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Michael Lewis      8-K         001-05057         99.5         6/3/2011      
10.78†    Nondisclosure and Fair Competition Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Michael Lewis      8-K         001-05057         99.6         6/3/2011      

 

94


Table of Contents
         Incorporated by Reference         

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form      File Number      Exhibit
Number
     Filing
Date
     Filed
Herewith
 
10.79†   Letter Agreement dated as of May 24, 2011 issued by OfficeMax Incorporated to Mr. Michael Lewis      8-K         001-05057         99.7         6/3/2011      
10.80†   Form of 2011 Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement      8-K         001-05057         99.2         8/2/2011      
10.81†   Change in Control Agreement dated as of August 17, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Michael MacDonald      8-K         001-05057         99.1         8/23/2011      
10.82†   Nondisclosure and Fair Competition Agreement dated as of August 15, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Michael MacDonald      8-K         001-05057         99.2         8/23/2011      
10.83   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 7, 2011, by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries as borrowers and guarantors, the lender parties thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A. as Syndication Agent and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Documentation Agent      8-K         001-05057         99.1         10/14/2011      
10.84†   Change in Control Agreement dated as of July 26, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Steve Parsons      10-Q         001-05057         10.4         10/28/2011      
10.85†   Nondisclosure and Fair Competition Agreement dated as of July 25, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Steve Parsons      10-Q         001-05057         10.5         10/28/2011      
10.86†   Waiver of Claims and General Release dated December 19, 2011 between Mr. Vero and OfficeMax Incorporated      8-K         001-05057         99.1         12/21/2011      
10.87†   Letter to Mr. Vero dated November 4, 2011      8-K         001-05057         99.2         12/21/2011      
10.88†   Change in Control Agreement dated as of November 21, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Jim Barr                  X   
10.89†   Nondisclosure and Fair Competition Agreement dated as of November 14, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Jim Barr                  X   
10.90†   2011 Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement dated as of November 14, 2011 between OfficeMax Incorporated and Mr. Jim Barr                  X   
11   Inapplicable               
12   Inapplicable               
13   Inapplicable               
14(3)   Code of Ethics               

 

95


Table of Contents
          Incorporated by Reference       

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

   Form    File
Number
   Exhibit
Number
   Filing
Date
   Filed
Herewith
 
16    Inapplicable               
18    Inapplicable               
21    Significant subsidiaries of the registrant                  X   
22    Inapplicable               
23    Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm (see page 88)                  X   
24    Inapplicable               
31.1    CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                  X   
31.2    CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                  X   
32    Section 906 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of OfficeMax Incorporated                  X   

 

Indicates exhibits that constitute management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
(a) Certain information in this exhibit has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(1) The Trust Indenture between Boise Cascade Corporation (now known as OfficeMax Incorporated) and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Trustee, dated October 1, 1985, as amended, was filed as exhibit 4 in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 No. 33-5673, filed May 13, 1986. The Trust Indenture has been supplemented on seven occasions as follows: The First Supplemental Indenture, dated December 20, 1989, was filed as exhibit 4.2 in the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 No. 33-32584, filed December 20, 1989. The Second Supplemental Indenture, dated August 1, 1990, was filed as exhibit 4.1 in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 10, 1990. The Third Supplemental Indenture, dated December 5, 2001, between Boise Cascade Corporation and BNY Western Trust Company, as trustee, to the Trust Indenture dated as of October 1, 1985, between Boise Cascade Corporation and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (as successor in interest to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York) was filed as exhibit 99.2 in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 10, 2001. The Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated October 21, 2003, between Boise Cascade Corporation and U.S. Bank Trust National Association was filed as exhibit 4.1 in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 20, 2003. The Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated September 16, 2004, among Boise Cascade Corporation, U.S. Bank Trust National Association and BNY Western Trust Company was filed as exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 22, 2004. The Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated October 29, 2004, between OfficeMax Incorporated and U.S. Bank Trust National Association was filed as exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2004. The Seventh Supplemental Indenture, made as of December 22, 2004, between OfficeMax Incorporated and U.S. Bank Trust National Association was filed as exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2004. Each of the documents referenced in this footnote is incorporated herein by reference.
(2) The Deferred Compensation and Benefits Trust, as amended and restated as of December 13, 1996, was filed as exhibit 10.18 in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. Amendment No. 4, dated July 29, 1999, to the Deferred Compensation and Benefits Trust was filed as exhibit 10.18 in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999. Amendment No. 5, dated December 6, 2000, to the Deferred Compensation and Benefits Trust was filed as exhibit 10.18 in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000. Amendment No. 6, dated May 1, 2001, to the Deferred Compensation and Benefits Trust was filed as exhibit 10 in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001. Each of the documents referenced in this footnote is incorporated herein by reference.
(3) Our Code of Ethics can be found on our website investor.officemax.com by clicking on “Code of Ethics.”

 

96

Directors Compensation Summary Sheet

Exhibit 10.16

DIRECTORS COMPENSATION SUMMARY SHEET

Nonemployee directors receive compensation for board service. Payment dates are the last working day of March, June, September, and December. That compensation includes:

 

Annual Retainer:

   $51,000

Chair Retainers:

   $125,000 annually for the Non-Executive Chairman of the Board
   $30,000 annually for lead independent director (i.e., Outside Directors Committee chair) if there is no Non-Executive Chairman of the Board
   $30,000 annually for Audit Committee chair
   $20,000 annually for Executive Compensation Committee chair
   $10,000 annually for Governance and Nominating Committee chair and all other committee chairs

Attendance Fees:

   $2,000 for each board meeting (attended in person, conducted by telephone, or written consent in lieu of meeting)
   $1,000 for each committee meeting (attended in person, conducted by telephone, or written consent in lieu of meeting)
   Expenses related to attendance

Equity Based Compensation Award:

   $100,000 annually
Change in Control Agreement

Exhibit 10.88

 

LOGO

CONFIDENTIAL

November 21, 2011

James Barr IV

5N659 Fairway Drive

St. Charles, IL 60175

Dear James,

OfficeMax Incorporated (the “Company”) provides you with the severance benefits described in this letter agreement (the “Agreement”) if your employment with the Company is terminated before or after a “potential change in control of the Company” or a “change in control of the Company” (each as defined in Section 2 of the Agreement). The Agreement terms are as follows:

1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement is effective as of November 14, 2011 and shall continue in effect through January 1, 2012 provided that, on each January 1, the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended so as to terminate on the 2nd anniversary of such date, unless, not later than September 30 of the preceding year, the Company shall have given notice not to extend this Agreement. However, if a change in control of the Company occurs during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of 24 months after the month in which the change in control of the Company occurred.

2. Change in Control.

A. A “change in control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if an event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs occurs:

(1) Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, if such Person acquires securities directly from the Company, such securities shall not be included unless such Person acquires additional securities which, when added to the securities acquired directly from the Company, exceed 25% of the Company’s then outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; and provided further that any acquisition of securities by any Person in connection with a transaction described in Subsection 2.A(3)(i) of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a change in control of the Company; or


(2) The individuals who, on any date following the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board Members”), cease, in any two year period following such date, to represent at least a majority of the number of directors then serving, provided, however, that any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least 2/3rds of the Incumbent Board Members shall be deemed for purposes hereof to be Incumbent Board Members, unless such director’s initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company; or

(3) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company (or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company) with any other corporation other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in both (a) Incumbent Board Members continuing to constitute at least a majority of the number of directors of the combined entity immediately following consummation of such merger or consolidation, and (b) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected with the approval of the Board to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided that securities acquired directly from the Company shall not be included unless the Person acquires additional securities which, when added to the securities acquired directly from the Company, exceed 25 % of the Company’s then outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; and provided further that any acquisition of securities by any Person in connection with a transaction described in Subsection 2.A(3)(i) of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a change in control of the Company; or

(4) The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by Persons in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

A transaction described in Section 2.A(3) which is not a change in control of the Company solely due to the operation of Subsection 2.A(3)(i)(a) will

 

- 2 -


nevertheless constitute a change in control of the Company if the Board determines, prior to the consummation of the transaction, that there is not a reasonable assurance that, for at least two years following the consummation of the transaction, at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the surviving entity or any parent will continue to consist of Continuing Directors and individuals whose election or nomination for election by the shareholders of the surviving entity or any parent would be approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors and individuals whose election or nomination for election has previously been so approved.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event or transaction which would otherwise constitute a change in control of the Company (a “Transaction”) shall not constitute a change in control of the Company for purposes of your benefits under this Agreement if, in connection with the Transaction, you participate as an equity investor in the acquiring entity or any of its affiliates (the “Acquiror”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, you shall not be deemed to have participated as an equity investor in the Acquiror by virtue of (a) obtaining beneficial ownership of any equity interest in the Acquiror as a result of the grant to you of an incentive compensation award under one or more incentive plans of the Acquiror (including but not limited to the conversion in connection with the Transaction of incentive compensation awards of the Company into incentive compensation awards of the Acquiror), on terms and conditions substantially equivalent to those applicable to other executives of the Company immediately prior to the Transaction, after taking into account normal differences attributable to job responsibilities, title, and the like; (b) obtaining beneficial ownership of any equity interest in the Acquiror on terms and conditions substantially equivalent to those obtained in the Transaction by all other stockholders of the Company; or (c) having obtained an incidental equity ownership in the Acquiror prior to and not in anticipation of the Transaction.

B. For purposes of this Agreement, a “potential change in control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if (1) the Company enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a change in control of the Company, (2) the Company or any Person publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which if consummated would constitute a change in control of the Company; (3) any Person becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 9.5% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, provided that securities acquired directly from the Company shall not be included unless the Person acquires additional securities which, when added to the securities acquired directly from the Company, exceed 9.5% of the Company’s then outstanding shares of common stock (or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities); or (4) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that a potential change in control of the Company for purposes of this Agreement has occurred. You agree that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in the event of a potential change in control of the Company, you will at the option of the Company remain in the employ of the Company until the earlier of (a) the date which is 6 months from the occurrence of the first potential change in control of the Company, or (b) the date of a change in control of the Company.

 

- 3 -


C. For purposes of this Agreement, “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

D. For purposes of this Agreement, “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that “Person” shall not include (1) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (4) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, or (5) an individual, entity or group that is permitted to and does report its beneficial ownership of securities of the Company on Schedule 13G under the Exchange Act (or any successor schedule), provided that if the individual, entity or group later becomes required to or does report its ownership of Company securities on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any successor schedule), then the individual, person or group shall be deemed to be a Person for purposes of this Agreement as of the first date on which the individual, person or group becomes required to or does report its ownership on Schedule 13D.

3. Termination and Change in Control. Except as set forth in Sections 6, 7, and 10.A, no benefits shall be payable under this Agreement unless there is a change in control of the Company, your employment is terminated, and your termination is a Qualifying Termination or a Qualifying Early Termination. Your termination is a Qualifying Termination if a change in control of the Company occurs and your employment subsequently terminates during the term of this Agreement, unless your termination is because of your death, by the Company for Cause or Disability, or by you other than for Good Reason. Your termination is a Qualifying Early Termination if a potential change in control of the Company occurs, your employment terminates during the pendency of the potential change in control of the company and during the term of this Agreement, the termination is in contemplation of a change in control of the Company, and an actual change in control of the Company occurs within one year following your termination, unless your termination is because of your death, by the Company for Cause or Disability, or by you other than for Good Reason. A transfer of your employment from the Company to one of its subsidiaries, from a subsidiary to the Company, or between subsidiaries is not a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement.

A. Disability. If, as a result of your incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury, you are absent from your duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 6 consecutive months, and within 30 days after written notice of termination is given you have not returned to the full-time performance of your duties, the Company may terminate your employment for “Disability.”

 

- 4 -


B. Cause. Termination by the Company of your employment for “Cause” means termination upon (1) your willful and continued failure to substantially perform your duties with the Company (other than failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury, or actual or anticipated failure resulting from your termination for Good Reason), after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or (2) your willful engagement in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this Section 3.B, no act or failure to act on your part shall be considered “willful” unless done or omitted to be done by you not in good faith and without reasonable belief that your act or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until:

 

   

a resolution is duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to you and an opportunity for you, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board you were guilty of conduct set forth above in clauses (1) or (2) of this Section 3.B and specifying the particulars of your conduct in detail, and

 

   

a copy of this resolution is delivered to you.

All decisions by the Company regarding termination for Cause must be supported by clear and convincing evidence.

C. Good Reason. “Good Reason” means any of the following, if occurring without your express written consent after a change in control of the Company:

(1) The assignment to you of any duties materially inconsistent with your responsibilities as an Executive Officer of the Company or a significant adverse alteration in your responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the change in control of the Company;

(2) A material reduction by the Company in your annual base salary as in effect on the date of this Agreement (as the same may be increased from time to time), except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all executives of the Company and all executives of any Person in control of the Company;

 

- 5 -


(3) A material reduction by the Company in your target annual cash incentive as in effect immediately prior to the change in control of the Company;

(4) The Company’s requiring you to be based anywhere located more than 50 miles from the primary office location at which you were based immediately prior to the change in control of the Company, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with your business travel obligations as existed immediately prior to the change in control;

(5) Following the change in control of the Company, a material reduction by the Company in aggregate benefits and compensation available to you, including paid time off, welfare benefits, short-term incentives, pension, life insurance, healthcare, and disability plans, as compared to such benefits and compensation available to you immediately prior to the change in control of the Company;

(6) Following the change in control of the Company, a material reduction by the Company in long-term equity incentives available to you as compared to such incentives available to you immediately prior to the change in control of the Company, except for across-the-board long-term equity incentive reductions similarly affecting all executives of the Company and all executives of any Person in control of the Company; or

(7) The failure of the Company to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in Section 10.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the events described in clauses (1) through (7) above shall not constitute Good Reason unless (A) you have delivered a Notice of Termination to the Company according to Sections 3.D. and 11 within 90 days of the occurrence of the event, which notice sets forth in reasonable detail the basis for your claim that Good Reason exists and (B) the Company fails to cure such event or circumstance within the 30 day period following receipt of such Notice of Termination.

For purposes of determining whether a Qualifying Early Termination has occurred, references to a change in control of the Company in this Section 3.C shall be deemed to refer to any potential change in control of the Company pending at the time of the event or circumstance alleged to be Good Reason.

Your right to terminate your employment pursuant to this Section 3.C shall not be affected by your incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury. Your continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason.

 

- 6 -


D. Notice of Termination. Any purported termination by the Company or by you shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party according to Section 11. A “Notice of Termination” must indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of your employment under the indicated provision.

E. Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means:

(1) if your employment is terminated for Disability, 30 days after the Notice of Termination is given (provided that you have not returned to the performance of your duties on a full-time basis during that 30-day period);

(2) if your employment is terminated for Cause, for Good Reason, or for any other reason other than Disability or a Qualifying Early Termination, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination for Cause shall not be less than 30 days from the date the Notice of Termination is given, and in the case of a termination for Good Reason shall not be less than 10 days or more than 60 days from the date the Notice of Termination is given);

(3) if your termination is a Qualifying Early Termination, the later of the date determined according to subsection (1) or (2) above, or the date upon which the actual change in control of the Company occurs; or

(4) if a dispute exists regarding the termination, the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (the time for appeal having expired and no appeal having been perfected), or, if earlier, the last day of the term of this Agreement. This subsection (4) shall apply only if (i) the party receiving the Notice of Termination notifies the other party within 30 days that a dispute exists, (ii) the notice of dispute is made in good faith, and (iii) the party giving the notice of dispute pursues resolution of the dispute with reasonable diligence. While any dispute is pending under this subsection (4), the Company will continue to pay you your full compensation in effect when the Notice of Termination giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, base salary) and continue you as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans and programs in which you were participating when the Notice of Termination giving rise to the dispute was given, until the dispute is finally resolved, or if earlier, the last day of the term of this Agreement. Amounts paid under this subsection (4) are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

4. Compensation upon Termination for Cause or Other than for Good Reason. If your employment is terminated for Cause or by you other than for Good

 

- 7 -


Reason, the Company shall pay you only your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given, plus all other amounts to which you are entitled under any compensation plan of the Company at the time those payments are due, and the Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

5. Compensation upon a Qualifying Termination or Qualifying Early Termination. If your employment is terminated pursuant to a Qualifying Termination or Qualifying Early Termination, then you shall be entitled to the benefits provided in this Section 5, provided (a) you execute and deliver to the Company the release required pursuant to Section 8.E within 60 days of your Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, your last day of employment), (b) you do not revoke such release before the expiration of any revocation period provided for in such release, and (c) the revocation period provided for in such release has expired before or within 60 days of your Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, your last day of employment).

A. The Company will pay you the amounts specified below upon the expiration of any revocation period provided for in the release:

(1) Your full base salary through the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, through your last day of employment if such amount has not already been paid) at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given without regard to any reduction in base salary that would constitute Good Reason (whether or not any reduction is asserted as Good Reason), plus all other amounts to which you are entitled under any compensation plan of the Company at the time those payments are due (in each case, to the extent not already paid); and

(2) To the extent not already paid, a lump sum amount equal to the greater of the value of your unused and accrued time off, less any advanced time off, in accordance with the Company’s Your Time Off Policy (or any successor policy) as in effect immediately prior to the change in control of the Company or as in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, as in effect on your last day of employment), whichever is more favorable to you; and

(3) A lump sum severance payment equal to two times the sum of (a) your annual base salary at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given without regard to any reduction in base salary that would constitute Good Reason (whether or not any reduction is asserted as Good Reason) (“Base Salary”), plus (b) the Target Bonus. For purposes of this paragraph (3), “Target Bonus” means an amount equal to the average annual incentive earned by you in the three completed years preceding the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, your last day of employment), provided that in either case, if you have earned fewer than three annual bonuses prior to the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, your last day of

 

- 8 -


employment), Target Bonus means your target annual incentive for the year in which occurs the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, your last day of employment) without regard to any reduction in the target incentive that would constitute Good Reason (whether or not any reduction is asserted as Good Reason).

B. With respect to each benefit listed below, the Company shall, at its sole discretion, comply with either subsection (1) or (2) below:

(1) for a 12-month period following the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, your last day of employment), maintain, in full force and effect for your continued benefit at substantially the same cost to you as determined immediately prior to your last day of employment, all life (other than the Company’s Executive Life Insurance Program, if applicable), disability, accident and healthcare insurance plans, programs, or arrangements, and financial counseling services in which you were participating immediately prior to the change in control of the Company (or in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, immediately prior to your last day of employment), or, if more favorable to you, the plans, programs, or arrangements in which you were participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, your last day of employment); or

(2) at the time specified in Section 5.A, pay you a lump sum payment equal to 12 times 150% of the sum of (a) the monthly group premium, less the amount of employee contributions, for the life (other than executive life, if applicable), disability, accident and healthcare insurance plans, programs, or arrangements, and (b) the monthly allowance for financial counseling services, in each case in which you were participating immediately prior to the change in control of the Company (or in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, immediately prior to your last day of employment), or, if more favorable to you, the plans, programs, or arrangements in which you were participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

If the Company chooses to provide the benefits indicated under subsection (1), and your continued participation (or a particular type of coverage) is not possible or becomes impossible under the general terms and provisions of the plans, programs or arrangements, then the Company shall arrange to provide you with benefits, at substantially the same cost to you as determined immediately prior to your last day of employment, which are substantially similar to those which you are entitled to receive under such plans, programs and arrangements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall continue to pay the Company-paid premium under the Company’s Executive Life Insurance Program (or a successor plan) for twelve months following the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, your last day of employment).

 

- 9 -


For a Qualifying Early Termination, any portion of the period commencing on the day after your last day of employment through and including the Date of Termination during which the Company provides you with benefit continuation or pays the Company-paid premium under the Company’s Executive Life Insurance Program (or a successor plan) will apply toward the 12-month payment period required above.

C. You shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 5 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in Section 5.A be reduced by any compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer or by retirement benefits after the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Qualifying Early Termination, your last day of employment), or otherwise, except as specifically provided in Section 5.D. Benefits otherwise receivable by you pursuant to Section 5.B(1) shall be reduced to the extent comparable benefits are actually received by you during the 12-month period following your termination, and you must report any such benefits actually received by you to the Company.

D. Code Section 409A Provision. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in all cases, if you are a “specified employee” of the Company for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) at the time of your separation from service (as determined pursuant to Code Section 409A) with the Company and if and to the extent an exception under Code Section 409A does not apply, each severance payment (with each installment payment (if any) being treated as a separate and distinct “payment” for purposes of Code Section 409A) that is otherwise scheduled to commence to you immediately after your separation from service will be delayed in its entirety by 6 months from the date of your separation from service (or, if earlier, until your date of death). On the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the 6-month anniversary of the date of your separation from service (or, if earlier, your date of death), the Company will pay you a lump sum payment equal to the severance payment(s) that you would otherwise have received through such payroll date, and the balance of the benefit payments to which you are entitled under this Section 5 will be paid thereafter on the original schedule. The Company believes such delay in payment will avoid the application of adverse taxation to you under Code Section 409A. However, the Company does not guarantee such tax treatment and you are strongly encouraged to consult your own tax, financial and legal advisors regarding the effects of this Agreement on your personal tax situation. For purposes of applying the exceptions to Code Section 409A, the following rules shall apply. Any payments that would otherwise be payable (i) within 2- 1/2 months after the end of the Company’s taxable year containing the date of your separation from service, or (ii) within 2- 1/2 months after your taxable year containing the date of your separation from service, whichever occurs later (the “Short Term Deferral Period”), are exempt from Code Section 409A. Furthermore, any such payments paid after the Short Term Deferral Period are exempt from Code Section 409A as severance pay due to

 

- 10 -


an involuntary separation from service to the extent that the sum of those payments is equal to or less than the maximum amount described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A) (the “Involuntary Separation Amount”) because such payments both are payable only upon your “involuntary” separation from service for purposes of Code Section 409A and must be paid to you no later than the last day of your second taxable year following the taxable year in which your separation from service occurs. Lastly, any such payments that are paid after the Short Term Deferral Period and otherwise exceed the Involuntary Separation Amount are exempt from Code Section 409A to the extent such payments in the aggregate do not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B) for the year in which your separation from service occurs (the “Limited Payments”). Accordingly, the sum of (1) such payments that are paid within the Short Term Deferral Period, (2) such payments paid after the Short Term Deferral Period that do not exceed the Involuntary Separation Amount, and (3) such payments paid after the Short Term Deferral Period that exceed the Involuntary Separation Amount, but only to the extent such payments constitute Limited Payments, are exempt from Code Section 409A and, therefore, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if you are a “specified employee” of the Company for purposes of Code Section 409A, only those payments that are not otherwise exempt from Code Section 409A under clause (1), (2), and (3) above and that would otherwise have been payable in the first six (6) months following your date of separation from service will not be paid to you until the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the 6-month anniversary of the date of your separation from service (or, if earlier, your date of death).

6. Legal Fees. The Company shall pay to you all reasonable legal fees and expenses which you incur following a change in control of the Company (a) as a result of contesting or disputing your termination, (b) in seeking in good faith to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement (provided, that you shall refund all such fees and expenses to the Company should you not substantially prevail in the applicable proceeding). This payment shall be made within 10 business days after the Company receives your written request for payment accompanied by reasonable evidence of fees and expenses incurred. To the extent required to avoid an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to you under this Agreement shall be paid to you on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to you) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year, and the right to reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to you) under this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

7. Excise Tax Provisions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (but except as provided in the following sentence), if you would receive payments under this Agreement or under any other plan, program, or policy sponsored by the Company which relate to a change in control of the Company

 

- 11 -


(the “Total Payments”) and which are determined by the Company to be subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code or any comparable successor provisions, then such payment shall be either: (i) provided to you in full, or (ii) provided to you as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such payment being subject to such excise tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, when taking into account applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment taxes, such excise tax, and any other applicable taxes, results in the receipt by you, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the payment, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such payment may be taxable under such excise tax. To the extent such payment needs to be reduced pursuant to the preceding sentence, reductions shall come from taxable amounts before non-taxable amounts and beginning with the payments otherwise scheduled to occur soonest. You agree to cooperate fully with the Company to determine the benefits applicable under this Section.

8. Employee Covenants; Release.

A. You agree that you will not, directly or indirectly, use, make available, sell, disclose or otherwise communicate to any person, other than in the course of your assigned duties and for the benefit of the Company, either during the period of your employment or at any time thereafter, any nonpublic, proprietary or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company, any of its subsidiaries, affiliated companies or businesses, which you obtained during your employment by the Company. This restriction will not apply to information that (i) was known to the public before its disclosure to you; (ii) becomes known to the public after disclosure to you through no wrongful act of yours; or (iii) you are required to disclose by applicable law, regulation or legal process (provided that you provide the Company with prior notice of the contemplated disclosure and reasonably cooperate with the Company at its expense in seeking a protective order or other appropriate protection of such information).

B. During your employment with the Company and for one year after your termination, you agree that you will not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person, firm, corporation or other entity, knowingly solicit, aid or induce any managerial level employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave employment in order to accept employment with or render services to or with any other person, firm, corporation or other entity unaffiliated with the Company or knowingly take any action to materially assist or aid any other person, firm, corporation or other entity in identifying or hiring any such employee.

C. You agree that during and after your employment with the Company you shall not make any public statements that disparage the Company, its respective affiliates, employees, officers, directors, products or services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) statements made in the course of sworn testimony in administrative, judicial or arbitral proceedings (including, without limitation, depositions in connection with such proceedings) shall not be subject to

 

- 12 -


this Section 8.C, and (ii) nothing in this Section 8.C shall in any way be interpreted to preclude or limit you from pursuing your legal rights or from otherwise communicating with governmental agencies pursuant to legislation or regulations permitting or requiring such communications.

D. For a period of 12 months after your termination of employment with the Company (or for a period of 12 months after a final judgment or injunction enforcing this covenant), you agree not to, directly as an employee or indirectly as a consultant or contractor, without the prior written consent of the Company, be employed in the same or similar capacity as you were employed by the Company immediately prior to termination of your employment, by United Stationers, Office Depot, Staples, W.B. Mason, Best Buy, Amazon, Radio Shack, and/or another business for whom greater than 35% of its North American revenues are comprised of the direct sale or distribution of office supplies, janitorial/sanitation products, office furniture, technology-related office products or computer consumables actually sold by the Company, print and document services or related office products or services, provided that, other than the individually identified companies, this Section 8.D shall not include any business entity or person principally engaged in the manufacture and distribution of computer hardware, software or peripherals.

In agreeing to this restriction, you specifically acknowledge the substantial value to the Company of Confidential Information and your intimate knowledge of the Company’s business and agree that such constitutes goodwill and a protectable interest of the Company.

E. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the payment to you of the benefits provided in Section 5 is conditioned upon your execution and delivery to the Company (and your failure to revoke) a customary general release of claims.

9. Deferred Compensation and Benefits Trust. The Company has established a Deferred Compensation and Benefits Trust, and shall comply with the terms of that Trust.

For this purpose, the term Deferred Compensation and Benefits Trust shall mean an irrevocable trust or trusts established or to be established by the Company with an independent trustee or trustees for the benefit of persons entitled to receive payments or benefits, the assets of which nevertheless will be subject to claims of the Company’s creditors in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency.

10. Successors; Binding Agreement.

A. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place. Failure of

 

- 13 -


the Company to obtain an assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any succession which occurs during your employment with the Company and the term of this Agreement shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle you to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as you would be entitled hereunder if you experience a Qualifying Termination or Qualifying Early Termination, except that for purposes of this Section 10.A, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean OfficeMax Incorporated and any successor to its business and/or assets which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement.

B. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amount would still be payable to you under this Agreement if you had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or if there is no such designee, to your estate.

C. Any dispute between you and the Company regarding this Agreement may be resolved either by binding arbitration or by judicial proceedings at your sole election, and the Company agrees to be bound by your election in that regard, provided that the Company is entitled to seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with the enforcement of the covenants set forth in Section 8. Under no circumstance will a violation or alleged violation of those covenants entitle the Company to withhold or offset a payment or benefit due under this Agreement.

11. Notice. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth on the first page of this Agreement, provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Section 11, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

12. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by you and an officer designated by the Board. No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement have been

 

- 14 -


made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. All references to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to those sections. If the obligations of the Company under Sections 4, 5, 6 and 7 arise prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, those obligations shall survive the expiration of the term.

13. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

15. No Guaranty of Employment. Neither this Agreement nor any action taken under this Agreement shall be construed as giving you a right to be retained as an employee or an executive officer of the Company.

16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Delaware law.

17. Other Benefits. Any payments made to you pursuant to this Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any amounts to which you may be entitled under any other employee benefit plan, program or policy of the Company, except that (A) payments made to you pursuant to Section 5.A(3) shall be in lieu of any severance payment to which you would otherwise be entitled under any severance pay policy of the Company and (B) payments and benefits to which you are entitled under this Agreement may be subject to offset by payments and benefits to which you are entitled under the Offer Letter, as specifically provided in this Agreement.

If this letter correctly sets forth our agreement on the subject matter hereof, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copy of this letter which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

Sincerely,

 

OFFICEMAX INCORPORATED
By:       /s/ Matthew R. Broad
  Matthew R. Broad
  Executive Vice President—General Counsel

Agreed to this 21st day of November, 2011

 

      /s/ James Barr
  James Barr IV

 

- 15 -

Nondisclosure and Fair Competition Agreement

Exhibit 10.89

OFFICEMAX INCORPORATED

NONDISCLOSURE AND FAIR COMPETITION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, by and between OfficeMax Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“OfficeMax”), which term includes any affiliates and subsidiaries, and Jim Barr (the “Executive”), is effective November 14, 2011.

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, including without limitation OFFICEMAX’s employing Executive, OFFICEMAX providing Executive with OFFICEMAX’s confidential information and trade secrets, OFFICEMAX providing training to Executive, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Confidential lnformation/Trade Secrets. OFFICEMAX shall provide Executive with certain OFFICEMAX confidential information and trade secrets (“Confidential Information”). Confidential lnformation includes information about the business and affairs of OFFICEMAX including, without limitation, the names, addresses, price lists, purchasing histories and requirements of customers and potential customers; location, region, and company financial reports and company financial data of any type; sales and service manuals and bulletins; cost information and patterns; floor plans and drawings of facilities; marketing, merchandising, procurement, sales and other business strategies; transactional, acquisition and expansion plans; information regarding vendors, business affiliates and employees; and other similar information. Confidential lnformation shall also include, without limitation, all letters, memoranda, notes, tables, spreadsheets, and other similar documents, whether in hard-copy or electronic form, created or generated by or on behalf of Executive using the information, or any part thereof, described in the previous sentence. Executive recognizes that such information is the confidential information and trade secrets of OFFICEMAX, and agrees not to divulge such information to any person, firm, or institution except as such disclosure is a necessary part of the performance of Executive’s duties and obligations for OFFICEMAX. Further, upon termination of employment with OFFICEMAX, Executive will continue to treat Confidential lnformation as private and privileged, and will not, either for Executive’s own purposes or as an employee of or for the benefit of any other entity or person, use such information or disclose it to any person, firm, or institution.

2. Return of Propertv. On termination of Executive’s employment with OFFICEMAX, Executive will immediately surrender to OFFICEMAX, in good condition, all Confidential Information, as well as all letters, notes, memoranda, program design specifications, and all other similar items which relate to customers or potential customers of OFFICEMAX that Executive obtained from OFFICEMAX files or databases, are supplied to Executive by OFFICEMAX, or generated by Executive from OFFICEMAX data and that are in Executive’s possession, custody, or control wherever located including all reproductions or copies of such materials, whether in hard-copy or electronic form.


3. Noncompetition. In exchange for OFFICEMAX’s employment of Executive, and its agreement to provide Executive Confidential lnformation and training, for a period of 12 months after termination of Executive’s employment with OFFICEMAX, whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary (or for a period of 12 months after a final judgment or injunction enforcing this covenant), Executive agrees not to, directly as an employee or indirectly as a consultant or contractor, without the prior written consent of the Company, be employed in the same or similar capacity as Executive was employed by the Company, by United Stationers, Office Depot, Staples, W.B. Mason, Best Buy, Amazon, Radio Shack, and/or any other business for whom greater than 35% of its North American revenues are comprised of the direct sale or distribution of office supplies, janitorial/sanitation products, office furniture, technology-related office products or computer consumables actually sold by the Company, print and document services or related office products or services, provided that, other than the individually identified companies, this Section 3 shall not include any business entity or person principally engaged in the manufacture or distribution of computer hardware, software or peripherals.

In agreeing to this restriction, Executive specifically acknowledges the substantial value to OFFICEMAX of Confidential lnformation and Executive’s intimate knowledge of OFFICEMAX’s business and agrees that such constitutes goodwill and a protectable interest of OFFICEMAX.

4. Non-Solicitation. In addition to the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, for all periods beginning upon the date hereof and ending two years from the date of Executive’s termination of employment with OFFICEMAX for whatever reason, Executive agrees that he/she shall not directly or indirectly, for Executive’s benefit or on behalf of any other party (other than OFFICEMAX):

(a) solicit or attempt to solicit any customer or supplier of OFFICEMAX for the purpose of selling, distributing, purchasing or obtaining office supplies, office furniture, technology-related products or computer consumables, print and document services, or related office products or services. For purposes hereof, a customer of OFFICEMAX shall mean any person or business to whom OFFICEMAX sold or distributed office supplies, office furniture, technology-related products or computer consumables, print and document services, or related office products and services during the last two years Executive was employed by OFFICEMAX and a supplier of OFFICEMAX shall mean any person or business from whom OFFICEMAX purchased or obtained office supplies, office furniture, technology-related products or computer consumables, print and document services, or related office products and services during the last two years Executive was employed by OFFICEMAX.

(b) solicit or discuss potential employment opportunities with any employee of OFFICEMAX (other than for opportunities with OFFICEMAX) or induce or attempt to induce any employee of OFFICEMAX to leave the employ of OFFICEMAX, or in any way interfere with the relationship between OFFICEMAX and any employee thereof without the prior express written consent of OFFICEMAX.


(c) offer, hire or cause to be offered or hired any person who was employed by OFFICEMAX at any time during the 12 months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with OFFICEMAX.

(d) induce or attempt to induce any supplier, or other business relation of OFFICEMAX to cease doing business with OFFICEMAX or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such supplier or business relation and OFFICEMAX (including without limitation making any negative statements or communications about OFFICEMAX).

5. Severability. In case any one or more of the terms contained in Section 3, or in subsections (a), (b), (c), or (d) of Section 4 shall for any reason become invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other terms herein, but such terms shall be deemed deleted and such deletion shall not affect the validity of the other terms of this Agreement. In addition, if any one or more of the terms contained in Section 3, or in subsections (a), (b), (c), or (d) of Section 4 shall for any reason be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessively broad or unreasonable with regard to duration, scope, or area, the terms shall be construed in a manner to enable it to be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, and any such court shall have the power to modify such term.

6. Enforcement. Executive understands that the breach of this Agreement will cause immediate, irreparable, and immeasurable injury to OFFICEMAX, and therefore agrees that in addition to any other rights OFFICEMAX has in order to enforce this Agreement, OFFICEMAX shall be entitled to injunctive relief without bond or other security by any competent court to enjoin and restrain the breach of this Agreement.

7. Employment-at-Will. Executive understands that his/her employment with OFFICEMAX is at-will and that this Agreement does not affect Executive’s employment-at-will status. Executive further acknowledges at any time and for any reason, Executive may resign his/her position or OFFICEMAX may terminate Executive’s employment.

8. Assignment. This Agreement shall be freely assignable by OFFICEMAX.

9. Attorneys’ Fees. In the event OFFICEMAX utilizes the services of in-house or outside attorneys for the purposes of enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement and prevails on any one or more claim or cause of action, OFFICEMAX shall be entitled to recover its attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses of such enforcement efforts, in addition to all damages and other remedies recoverable by OFFICEMAX.

10. Survival. Any respective obligations of OFFICEMAX or Executive hereunder which by their nature would continue beyond termination or resignation of Executive’s employment with OFFICEMAX will survive such termination or resignation.


11. Modification. This Agreement may not be modified orally, but only by a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification is sought.

12. Inteqration. This Agreement expresses the entire agreement and understanding of the parties and supersedes all prior, and contemporaneous oral, agreements, commitments, and understandings pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

13. Waiver. The failure of either party to enforce at any time or for any period of time any of the provisions of this Agreement will not be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or of its right thereafter to enforce such provision and each and every provision thereafter.

14. Governing Law/Venue. For enforcement purposes, this Agreement shall be governed and construed according to the laws of the state of Delaware, without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions. Executive irrevocably agrees to exclusive venue and submits to jurisdiction in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, or the state courts in DuPage County, Illinois, for any dispute arising out of this Agreement, and waives all objections to jurisdiction and venue of such courts.

15. Executive’s Representations and Warranties. Executive represents and warrants to OMX as follows:

(a) Executive is under no contractual confidentiality, non-compete or non-solicitation agreement or other substantially similar restriction with any third party, which is inconsistent with Executive becoming employed with or by OMX, the performance of Executive’s duties owed to OMX, or any other rights of OMX.

(b) Neither OMX nor any of its affiliates nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives has requested that Executive communicate or otherwise make available to any such parties at any time any proprietary information, data, trade secrets, or other confidential information belonging to Executive’s former employers or others.

(c) OMX has instructed Executive not to duplicate, reproduce or in any way take with Executive from Executive’s former employer or elsewhere any proprietary information, data, trade secrets or other confidential information belonging to Executive’s former employer or others.

(d) Executive has not duplicated, reproduced or in any way taken from Executive’s former employer or elsewhere any proprietary information, data, trade secrets, or other confidential information belonging to Executive’s former employer or others, and Executive does not currently have in Executive’s possession, custody or control any such information.

(e) Executive has not made available to OMX any proprietary information, data, trade secrets, or other confidential information belonging to Executive’s former employer or others, and shall not disclose or use for or to the benefit of OMX any such information.


(f) Neither OMX nor any of its affiliates nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives has requested that Executive solicit or otherwise recruit for employment with OMX any person who was a co-employee of Executive at Executive’s former employer.

(g) Executive has not solicited or otherwise recruited for employment with OMX any person who was a co-employee of Executive at Executive’s former employer.

EXECUTIVE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT and signs it with the understanding that the terms contained herein are a condition of Executive’s employment with OFFICEMAX and (1) control Executive’s use of certain information and know-how during and after his employment with OFFICEMAX, (2) restrict Executive’s employment opportunities upon termination of his employment with OFFICEMAX, and (3) restrict Executive’s ability to solicit customers, employees and suppliers of OFFICEMAX.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of November 1, 2011.

 

OFFICEMAX INCORPORATED     EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ Stephen Parsons

    /s/ James Barr
Its:   EVP & Chief Human Resources Officer    
2011 Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement

Exhibit 10.90

OfficeMax Incorporated

2011 Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement

Vice Presidents and Above (U.S.)

This Nonqualified Stock Option Award (the “Award”) is granted on November 14, 2011 (the “Award Date”), by OfficeMax Incorporated (“OfficeMax”) to James Barr IV (“Awardee” or “you”) pursuant to the 2003 OfficeMax Incentive and Performance Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), and the following terms and conditions of this agreement (the “Agreement”):

 

1. Terms and Conditions. Your Award is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan. All capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning stated in the Plan. If there is any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control unless this Agreement expressly states that an exception to the Plan is being made.

 

2. Award. You are hereby awarded a Nonqualified Stock Option (the “Option”) to purchase up to 150,000 shares of Stock at a price of $5.51 per share (the “Grant Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

3. Vesting and Exercisability. Subject to paragraphs 4 and 5, the Option shall become vested and exercisable as follows:

 

  a. On each of the first three anniversaries of the Award Date, if you are then employed with OfficeMax, the Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to one-third of the shares of Stock subject to the Option. If you terminate employment with OfficeMax for any reason before the third anniversary of the Award Date, any portion of the Option that is not then vested and exercisable pursuant to the preceding sentence will be forfeited upon your termination of employment.

 

  b. The Option, to the extent vested, must be exercised on or before the earliest of the following:

 

  i. the seventh anniversary of the Award Date;

 

  ii. one year after your termination of employment as a result of your retirement (after attaining age 55 and completing at least 10 years of service with OfficeMax), death, or total and permanent disability, as determined by OfficeMax in its sole and complete discretion, provided that you have not, as of the date of the exercise of the Option, violated the provisions of paragraph 8 below;

 

  iii. three months after your termination of employment for any other reason.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Option may not be exercised due to a Black-Out Period within the three business days prior to the normal expiration date of the Option, then the expiration date of the Option shall be extended for a period of 30 days following the end of the Black-Out Period or such longer period as permitted by the Committee.

 

4. Termination for Disciplinary Reasons. The Option shall be canceled immediately (even if the Option had previously vested fully or partially) if you are terminated for “disciplinary reasons,” as that term is defined in the Executive Officer Severance Pay Policy (or any successor policy) or, if you retire or resign and OfficeMax determines within six months thereafter that your conduct prior to your retirement or resignation warranted termination for “disciplinary reasons.” Additionally, in the event you retire or resign and OfficeMax determines thereafter that your conduct prior to your retirement or resignation warranted termination for “disciplinary reasons” after exercise, OfficeMax shall have the right to repurchase from you at the exercise price the shares you acquired under this Agreement, or, if you no longer own such shares, to recover from you the gross profit you earned from the exercise and disposition of such shares.

 

5. Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control prior to the third anniversary of the Award Date, the continuing entity may either continue this Award or replace this Award with an award of at least equal value with terms and conditions not less favorable than the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement, in which case the new award will vest according to the terms of the applicable award agreement. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, if the


OfficeMax Incorporated

2011 Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement

Vice Presidents and Above (U.S.)

 

  continuing entity does not so continue or replace this Award, or if you experience a “qualifying termination”, the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable, if you are employed by OfficeMax on the date of the Change in Control, immediately upon the Change in Control, or, in the case of your qualifying termination, upon the date of your qualifying termination for a period of one year from your termination date. “Change in Control” and “qualifying termination” shall be defined in an agreement providing specific benefits upon a change in control or in the Plan.

 

6. Exercise. You may exercise the Option upon notice and payment of the Grant Price by any of the following methods, unless disallowed by law:

 

  a. broker assisted exercise;

 

  b. Stock already owned by you;

 

  c. cash; or

 

  d. such other methods as may be approved from time to time by the Plan administrator.

If the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the expiration date of the Option exceeds the exercise price of the Option, the Option will be automatically exercised upon such expiration date.

 

7. Tax Withholding. The amount of shares of Stock to be paid to you will be reduced by that number of shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the required minimum federal and state withholding amounts triggered by the exercise of your Option, provided that you do not satisfy such withholding requirements in cash or through Stock already owned by you. To the extent a fractional share of Stock is needed to satisfy such tax withholding, the number of shares of Stock withheld will be rounded up to the next whole number.

 

8. Non-Solicitation and Non-Compete. This paragraph 8 shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to choice of law rules. If Delaware law, for whatever reason, is not applied, then this paragraph 8 shall be enforced to the maximum extent allowable under otherwise applicable state law. For the period beginning on the Award Date and ending one year following your termination of employment with OfficeMax, you will not (i) directly or indirectly employ, recruit or solicit for employment any person who is (or was within six (6) months prior to your employment termination date) an employee of OfficeMax, an Affiliate or Subsidiary; or (ii) commence Employment with a Competitor in a substantially similar capacity to any position you held with OfficeMax during the last 12 months of your employment with OfficeMax and having the responsibility within the same geographic area(s) for which you had responsibility during the last 12 months of your employment with OfficeMax. If you violate the terms and conditions of this paragraph 8 or any other non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement during or after your employment with OfficeMax, the right to exercise this Option with respect to any shares not previously exercised shall terminate immediately and the Option shall be cancelled immediately. Without limiting any other remedy available to OfficeMax, OfficeMax shall be entitled to repurchase from you the Stock you previously purchased under this Agreement at the Fair Market Value of the shares on the exercise date, or, if you at such time no longer own such shares, OfficeMax shall be entitled to recover from you the gross profit you earned upon the purchase and disposition (whether by sale, gift, donation or otherwise) of such shares, and OfficeMax further will be entitled to reimbursement of any fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of OfficeMax in enforcing its rights under this paragraph 8.

 

  a. “Competitor” means United Stationers, Office Depot, Staples, W.B. Mason, Best Buy, Amazon, Radio Shack, and/or any business, foreign or domestic, which is engaged, at any time relevant to the provisions of this Agreement, in the sale or distribution of products, or in the provision of services in competition with the products sold or distributed or services provided by OfficeMax, an Affiliate, Subsidiary, partnership, or joint venture of OfficeMax and for whom greater than 35% of its North American revenues are comprised of the direct sale or distribution of office supplies, janitorial/sanitation products, office furniture, technology-related office products or computer consumables actually sold by OFFICEMAX, print and document services, or related

 

2


OfficeMax Incorporated

2011 Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement

Vice Presidents and Above (U.S.)

 

  office products or services. The parties agree that, other than the individually listed companies, the term Competitor shall not include any business entity or person principally engaged in the manufacture and distribution of computer hardware, software or peripherals. The determination of whether a business is a Competitor shall be made by OfficeMax’s General Counsel, in his or her sole and complete discretion.

 

  b. “Employment with a Competitor” means providing services as an employee or consultant, or otherwise rendering services of a nature for remuneration, to a Competitor, as determined by OfficeMax’s General Counsel, in his or her sole and complete discretion.

 

9. Use of Personal Data. By executing this Agreement, you hereby agree freely, and with your full knowledge and consent, to the collection, use, processing and transfer (collectively, the “Use”) of certain personal data such as your name, salary, nationality, job title, position evaluation rating along with details of all past awards and current awards outstanding under the Plan (collectively, the “Data”), for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan. You further acknowledge and agree that OfficeMax and/or any of its Affiliates may make Use of the Data amongst themselves and/or any other third parties assisting OfficeMax in the administration and management of the Plan (collectively, the “Data Recipients”). In keeping therewith, you hereby further authorize any Data Recipient, including Data Recipients located in foreign jurisdictions, to continue to make Use of the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of administering and managing the Plan, including without limitation, any necessary Use of such Data as may be required for the subsequent holding of shares on your behalf by a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any shares acquired through the Plan.

OfficeMax shall, at all times, take all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that appropriate safety measures shall be in place to ensure the confidentiality of the Data, and that no Use will be made of the Data for any purpose other than the administration and management of the Plan. You may, at any time, review your Data and request necessary amendments to such Data. You may withdraw your consent to Use of the Data herein by notifying OfficeMax in writing at the address specified in paragraph 10; however by withdrawing your consent to use Data, you may affect your eligibility to participate in the Plan.

By executing this Agreement you hereby release and forever discharge OfficeMax from any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of action, damages, liabilities, costs, losses and expenses arising out of, or in connection with, the Use of the Data including, without limitation, any and all claims for invasion of privacy, defamation and any other personal, moral and/or property rights.

 

10. No Special Employment. Nothing contained in this Agreement or in the Plan shall be construed or deemed under any circumstances to bind OfficeMax to continue your employment for any particular period of time.

 

11. Acceptance of Terms and Conditions. You must sign this Agreement and return it to OfficeMax’s Compensation Department on or before December 9, 2011 or the Award will be forfeited. Return your executed Agreement to: Becky Cohen by mail at OfficeMax, 263 Shuman Boulevard (5E238), Naperville, Illinois 60563 or by fax at (630)647-3722.

 

OfficeMax Incorporated     Awardee: James Barr IV (423449)
/s/ Jeff Johnson      
    Signature:   /s/ James Barr
Jeff Johnson      
Senior Vice President,      
Human Resources     Date:   11/21/11

 

3

Significant subsidiaries of the registrant

Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES

Subsidiaries of the registrant are as follows:

 

     State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization

Picabo Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

OfficeMax Nevada Company

   Nevada

Grand & Toy Limited

   Ontario, Canada

OfficeMax Australia Limited

   Australia

OfficeMax Southern Company

   Louisiana

OfficeMax New Zealand Limited

   New Zealand

OfficeMax North America, Inc.

   Ohio

OMX Timber Finance Holdings I, LLC

   Delaware

OMX Timber Finance Holdings II, LLC

   Delaware

Clearfield Insurance Limited

   Bermuda

Grupo OfficeMax S. de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico

 

Note: The names of various consolidated wholly owned subsidiaries have been omitted. None of the omitted subsidiaries, considered either alone or together with the other omitted subsidiaries, constitutes a significant subsidiary.
CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 302

Exhibit 31.1

CEO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ravichandra Saligram, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of OfficeMax Incorporated;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 24, 2012    

/s/    RAVICHANDRA SALIGRAM

   

Ravichandra Saligram

Chief Executive Officer

CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 302

Exhibit 31.2

CFO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Bruce Besanko, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of OfficeMax Incorporated;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 24, 2012    

/s/    BRUCE BESANKO

   

Bruce Besanko

Chief Financial Officer

Section 906 Certifications

Exhibit 32

SECTION 906 CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF

OFFICEMAX INCORPORATED

We are providing this Certificate pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C., Section 1350. It accompanies OfficeMax Incorporated’s annual report on Form 10-K (the “Report”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

 

I, Ravichandra Saligram, OfficeMax Incorporated’s chief executive officer, certify that:

 

  (i) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and

 

  (ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, OfficeMax Incorporated’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

/s/    RAVICHANDRA SALIGRAM

Ravichandra Saligram

Chief Executive Officer

I, Bruce Besanko, OfficeMax Incorporated’s chief financial officer, certify that:

 

  (i) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and

 

  (ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, OfficeMax Incorporated’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

/s/    BRUCE BESANKO

Bruce Besanko

Chief Financial Officer

Dated: February 24, 2012

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to OfficeMax Incorporated and will be retained by OfficeMax Incorporated and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.